Exela Technologies
Annual Report 2020

Plain-text annual report

Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 or ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-36788 EXELA TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) Delaware (State of or other Jurisdiction Incorporation or Organization) 2701 E. Grauwyler Rd. Irving, TX (Address of Principal Executive Offices) 47-1347291 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 75061 (Zip Code) Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (844) 935-2832 Title of Each Class Common Stock, Par Value $0.0001 per share Trading Symbol XELA Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ Yes ☒ No Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☒ No Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ Yes ☐ No Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). ☒ Yes ☐ No Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company ☒ Emerging growth company ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ☐ Yes ☒ No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the price at which such voting common equity was last sold as of June 30, 2020, was approximately $42,280,594 (based on a closing price of $1.66). As of March 18, 2021, the Registrant had 58,968,599 shares of common stock outstanding. ____________________________________ DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The information required by Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2021, which definitive proxy statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. Table of Contents Part I Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Part II TABLE OF CONTENTS Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Selected Financial Data Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 2 5 5 23 38 39 39 40 41 41 43 44 64 65 128 128 131 131 131 131 131 131 132 133 Table of Contents SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Certain statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) are not historical facts but are forward- looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provisions under The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward- looking statements generally are accompanied by words such as “may”, “should”, “would”, “plan”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential”, “seem”, “seek”, “continue”, “future”, “will”, “expect”, “outlook” or other similar words, phrases or expressions. These forward-looking statements include statements regarding our industry, future events, the estimated or anticipated future results and benefits of the Novitex Business Combination, future opportunities for the combined company, and other statements that are not historical facts. These statements are based on the current expectations of Exela management and are not predictions of actual performance. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties regarding Exela’s businesses, and actual results may differ materially. The factors that may affect our results include, among others: the impact of political and economic conditions on the demand for our services; the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; the impact of the Appraisal Action, the impact of a data or security breach; the impact of competition or alternatives to our services on our business pricing and other actions by competitors; our ability to address technological development and change in order to keep pace with our industry and the industries of our customers; the impact of terrorism, natural disasters or similar events on our business; the effect of legislative and regulatory actions in the United States and internationally; the impact of operational failure due to the unavailability or failure of third-party services on which we rely; the effect of intellectual property infringement; and other factors discussed in this report under the headings “Risk Factors”, “Legal Proceedings”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and otherwise identified or discussed in this Annual Report. You should consider these factors carefully in evaluating forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. It is impossible for us to predict new events or circumstances that may arise in the future or how they may affect us. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this report. We are not including the information provided on the websites referenced herein as part of, or incorporating such information by reference into, this Annual Report. In addition, forward-looking statements provide Exela’s expectations, plans or forecasts of future events and views as of the date of this report. Exela anticipates that subsequent events and developments will cause Exela’s assessments to change. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing Exela’s assessments as of any date subsequent to the date of this report. DEFINED TERMS In this Annual Report, we use the terms “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our” to refer to Exela Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and where applicable, our predecessors SourceHOV and Novitex prior to the closing of the Novitex Business Combination. “Following is a glossary of other abbreviations and acronyms that are found in this Annual Report.” “Appraisal Action” means the petition for appraisal pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 262 in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned Manichaean Capital, LLC, et al. v. SourceHOV Holdings, Inc., C.A. No. 2017 0673 JRS. “BPA” means business process automation. “BPO” means business process outsourcing “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001. “Consent, Waiver and Amendment” means the Consent, Waiver and Amendment dated June 15, 2017, by and among the Company, Quinpario Merger Sub I, Inc., Quinpario Merger Sub II, Inc., SourceHOV, Novitex, Novitex Parent, L.P., Ex Sigma LLC, HOVS LLC and HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC, amending the Novitex Business Combination Agreement. “EIM” means enterprise information management. “ERP” means enterprise resource planning system. 3 Table of Contents “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. “Ex-Sigma 2” means Ex-Sigma 2 LLC, our principal stockholder at the Closing of the Novitex Business Combination. “Ex-Sigma” means Ex-Sigma LLC, the sole equity holder of Ex-Sigma 2. “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. “HGM Group” means, collectively, HOVS LLC and HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC and certain of their respective affiliates. “HITECH Act of 2009” means the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, enacted under Title XIII of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. “HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. “IT” mean information technology. “JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act. “Margin Loan” means the additional PIPE financing in the form of a $55.8 million loan obtained by Ex-Sigma 2 as borrower (and secured by shares of the Company held by Ex-Sigma 2) that was used by Ex-Sigma 2 to purchase additional common and preferred shares from the Company to help meet the minimum cash requirements needed to close the Novitex Business Combination. “Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market. “Novitex” means Novitex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. “Novitex Business Combination” means the transactions contemplated by the Novitex Business Combination Agreement, which closed on July 12, 2017 and resulted in SourceHOV and Novitex becoming our wholly-owned subsidiaries and the financing transactions entered into in connection therewith. “Novitex Business Combination Agreement” means the Business Combination Agreement, dated February 21, 2017, among the Company, Quinpario Merger Sub I, Inc., Quinpario Merger Sub II, Inc., SourceHOV, Novitex, HOVS LLC, HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC and Novitex Parent, L.P., as amended by the Consent, Waiver and Amendment. “PCIDSS” means the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard. “Quinpario” means Quinpario Acquisition Corp. 2, a Delaware corporation, the former name of Exela Technologies, Inc. “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. “SourceHOV” means SourceHOV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. “TCJA” means the Tax Cut and Jobs Act. “TPS” means transaction processing solutions. 4 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS PART I Exela is a business process automation leader, leveraging a global footprint and proprietary technology to streamline complex, disconnected transactions and processes. By connecting data through user friendly software platforms and solutions, we enable our employees and our customers with business process management and help accelerate their digital transformation journey. We have decades of expertise earned from serving many of the world’s largest enterprises, including over 60% of the Fortune® 100 and in many mission critical environments across multiple industries, including banking, healthcare, insurance and manufacturing. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we generated $1.29 billion of revenue from over 4,000 customers throughout the world. Our solutions and services touch multiple elements within a customer’s organization. We use a global delivery model and primarily host solutions in our data centers, on the cloud or directly from our customers’ premises. Our approximately 19,000 employees as of December 31, 2020 operate from business facilities in 22 countries, with many of our employees co-located at our customers’ facilities. Our solutions are location agnostic, and we believe the combination of our hybrid hosted solutions and global work force in the Americas, EMEA and Asia offers a meaningful differentiation to the industries we serve and services we provide. Exela’s portals provide on-demand multi-industry and departmental solutions and services alongside industry specific solutions to enable our customers, employees, vendors and Exela to deliver BPM services. 5 Table of Contents We will continue to further expand our solutions and services for the industries we serve, with a focus on connecting the front, middle and the back office. We believe this positions us as one of the few companies that can offer solutions and services that span from multi-industry departmental solutions to industry specific solutions. Our Solutions and Services We are a leading, global provider in the Business Process Management (“BPM”) industry. Our digital foundation has been shaped to deliver fully outsourced solutions for current and evolving customer needs. Specifically, our fully operational seven-layer technology stack enables easier integration to build digital bridges over broken processes. We derive all our revenue from BPM, including approximately $104 million (8% of total revenues) in 2020 from the sale of licenses by our digital assets group (“DAG”). We host our digital foundation across a hybrid environment, both on-premise and/or hosted on the cloud and our customers are able to choose one based on their needs and preferences. Our customers also take advantage of hybrid deployments leveraging either our or their own environment. We sell to our customers recurring licenses and maintenance charges, along with professional service fees for configuration and system integration services. We offer multiple options in relation to licensing. Similar to our BPM model, customers can purchase a license for a number of transactions, however they usually acquire multi-year term licenses with flexible recurring options. As part of our DAG offering, we also offer per user per month subscriptions. We plan for an ever growing portion of our digital foundation to be made available along these pricing and licensing models to our existing and potential customers and to that effect we expanded our plans in late 2020 to include small and medium businesses as well. Our solutions are evolving to contain more self-service features, are easy to deploy, and integrate with existing solutions. Our BPM solutions have expanded to include a suite of Work from Anywhere (WFA) applications to support a remote workforce with enterprise software for connectivity and productivity. Our current BPM solutions including our digital assets are grouped as follows: ◾ Liquidity Solutions including Procure-to-Pay, Order-to-Cash and Expense Management ◾ Payment Technologies and Services ◾ Human Capital Management 6 Table of Contents ◾ Healthcare Payers and Revenue Cycle Management (RCM) ◾ Work-from-Anywhere (WFA) solutions ◾ Information Management and Communications Our multi-industry and departmental BPM suite of offerings combines platform modules for finance and accounting services, enterprise information management, robotic process automation, digital mailroom, business process management and workflow automation, visualization and analytics, contract management and legal management solutions, and integrated communication services which contribute to revenues across our organization and accounting segments and also complement our core industry solutions for banking, insurance, healthcare and the public sector. Finance and Accounting Solutions (F&A) Exela offers a suite of finance and accounting (“F&A”) solutions across its network of customers, providing digital roads to connect broken processes of global commerce. By structuring and linking digital data across disparate customer systems, processes and standards, our exchange for bills and payments (“XBP”) enables digital transformation savings and modernization to be rapidly implemented utilizing existing customer infrastructure and in-country settlement processes. As an enabler of digital roads carrying enriched biller, payer and transaction data, we provide process automation and enhanced services addressing the payments lifecycle from procure to pay (“P2P”) to order to cash (“O2C”). We use our own technology and our global operations to deliver these solutions. Our XBP solution provides a platform with a secure messaging service, allowing billers, consumers and businesses to communicate and transact utilizing a modern technology stack that can be rapidly connected to any system without a material investment by the prospective customers. Billers are able to send bills to payers, whether businesses or consumers, electronically, offering transparency and simpler reconciliations. Payers are able to receive their bills in one place, with analytics, alerts and several payment options. With XBP making the bill component of P2P and O2C electronic, downstream processes can be integrated with richer and more actionable data, available for adjacent value-added services. Our O2C solutions enable consolidation of inbound payment channels and data continuity to drive digital adoption and enhance treasury management, including integrated receivables dashboards, multi-channel bill presentment and payment, reconciliation, exception and dispute management, aging analytics, collections management and targeted engagements. The full process includes fulfillment of a customer order, raising an invoice in accordance with customer contracts, accounts receivable management and collections. Our P2P services can be integrated with our digital mail room technology, which expands our ability to support existing data types and formats. In effect, both digital and analog items can enter this information stream. The process kicks off by opening a requisition, and once approved it moves to procurement to solicit bids from an approved supplier network. We believe that supporting our customers by making available our supplier network can be a key differentiator in enabling a complete P2P solution. Our P2P platform also records receipt of goods and invoices and performs three way matching digitally. Exceptions are processed by our employees, and once approved, we record the purchase in a customer’s ERP system, so it can be paid. We then use our system to generate and deliver a payment file in the format the bank needs so that a payment can be processed. Some of our customers also authorize us to process the payment on their behalf. Our Record-to-Report (R2R) services include spend analytics and data mining tools for financial planning and analysis to support reporting and audit functions, interchanges and robotics providing automation of ERP entries and regulatory reporting and fixed asset management. 7 Table of Contents Our mission is to build roads over broken processes, for example, exchange for bills and payments (“XBP”) is an example of connection bills, payments and many related processes across many industries: Enterprise Information Management (EIM) Exela’s enterprise information management solutions ingest and organize large amounts of data across many data types and formats and store the information in cloud enabled proprietary platforms. We also gather transactional data from enterprise systems for similar hosting. The collected, extracted data is used to complete a process, and is then made available to our customers and their end- consumers for an agreed upon period. We derive revenue for such services, hosting and access. Our EIM systems host billions of often mission critical records for our customers and the total number continues to rise. As an example of a large deployment of our EIM platform, we helped enable online records access to over 48 million end-customers of a group of European savings banks for deposits, statements, and car and personal loans and mortgages. Another example of EIM deployment is in the hosting of images of healthcare records, checks and payroll taxes for many years for retrieval, compliance and internal information purposes. Our platforms provide a data fabric to simplify integration with customers’ existing EIM systems, and our customers can benefit from being able to conduct federated searches across connected datasets, manage records in accordance with their needs and regulatory requirements, build live customer and employee profiles, and facilitate release of information and routing with control over security and permissions. We also provide business intelligence add-ons, offering summarization of data sets, dashboards and trend monitoring, relationship visualization, macro and micro drill-downs, escalation triggers and notifications. Exela Robotic Process Automation Exela has been at the forefront of using robotic process automation since 2009. Our deployment model is to use desktop automation first, and if the usage is very high, we usually migrate to server level automation. We have built up a 8 Table of Contents large library of rules by industry and by customer. While we have been using robotic solutions as part of our internal processes for years, only recently have we made them available to our customers. Our domain experts and analysts can either use an existing bot, modify one or create new ones using our design studio. Our robotic solutions are available as programmable robots with a rules library for a specific industry or feature, or as an enterprise license or on a per user per month basis. Digital Mailroom Solutions Exela is one of the leading global providers of digital mailroom solutions. Our digital mailroom solutions rely on proprietary technology, use our own or a client’s facilities and process a significant number of transactions daily. We use proprietary high-speed scanners as well as support most other major scanners. Our end-to-end digital mail room features ingestion from many sources – paper, fax, electronic, emails and other digital data. We also offer recorded voice, image and video ingestion channels. This solution can be complemented with our shipping and receiving services with digital receipt, delivery and routing to our intelligent lockers. We own several classification engines that we deploy for information processing, including unattended digital repositories, for example unattended email boxes to identify content and route it to the appropriate member of an organization. Exela offers its digital mail room for enterprise wide deployment to captive mailrooms of our customers, mailrooms outsourced to both Exela and others, and for business locations where there is no dedicated mail room, such as a front desk. Our customers can see their information across the enterprise from a single platform. Our digital mail solutions are available as SaaS, BpaaS or enterprise licenses and we often handle the entire mail operation for a customer. Business process management and intelligent workflow automation Exela has built extensive proprietary workflow automation platforms for business process management across several industries and regions. Our platforms are designed to have intuitive user interfaces with drag & drop configuration enabling analysts a certain amount of customization. Our platforms use our EIM engines by default, are designed to integrate with popular database and enterprise systems and are offered across three user categories: ● Enterprise class, hosted on premises. Suitable for 10,000 or more users and 10,000 or more tasks or process automations. Over 10,000 of our employees use this every day to perform mission critical work for our customers in the Americas, EMEA and Asia. ● Interdepartmental class workflow automation is ideal to bring structure and collaboration across departments. Over 2,500 of our employees globally use this platform to collaborate with each other and their individual work management. The platform is designed to integrate with other industry leading platforms to create a comprehensive collaborative experience. ● Case-management workflow automation platform available as a shrink wrap version for building custom workflows. One can use our library of workflows, customize them or build one from scratch for purposes of case management only. Customers can buy enterprise licenses of this platform, or on a SaaS basis and build their own workflows. Exela provides visualization and analytics capabilities within its platforms to provide actionable intelligence tied to collaboration and task management. Configurable dashboards enable users to quickly consolidate and organize disparate data sources through intuitive interfaces. Users can also build their own dashboards with dynamic drilldown options and alerts, link data to managers, and launch action items in pursuit of optimization and issue resolution. By providing analytics tied to actionable tasks, we can help drive optimization to enhance profitability and connectivity. For example, users can create visualization of volume trends and set triggers upon statistical thresholds, sending SMS alerts to managers to adjust their downstream capacity planning, if trends are not in line with set thresholds. 9 Table of Contents While we offer reporting and analytics on the scope of work processed through operations, we also provide our customers the capability to consolidate various data streams into comprehensive dashboards to enhance the business intelligence functions of an organization, including providing real-time visibility to revenue, cost, profitability and cash flow as well as process monitoring, KPI tracking, and actionable alerts. We believe providing analytics modules complement our services and solutions, creating a superior user experience, and reducing the need for other third-party tools by centralizing business management within Exela’s platforms. By enabling users to share dashboards across their organization, we believe additional users will adopt Exela platforms and increase our penetration into the front- end applications across an enterprise. Enterprise Legal Management Exela provides a contract management system to streamline execution, organization, and data management of large volumes of contracts. We utilize natural language processing and machine learning to extract key terms within unstructured formats and complex content, providing variance analysis, summary tables, and automated organization. Users can easily find important data points in contracts, and quickly analyze large volumes of language variations across format types. The extracted data can then be used to connect to existing systems and ERPs and serve as inputs to business operations, such as accounting and billing processes, financial planning and analysis, and regulatory reporting, enabling real-time audit and automated alerts for deviations from contract parameters. By automating key term extraction, our contract management system enables large volumes of contracts to be analyzed quickly and enables processes such as billing or automatic reminders for significant dates. We believe that Exela’s ability to cost effectively provide high accuracy transactional operations with automated validations creates a competitive advantage against those relying on manual processes and discrete sampling. Exela can also provide a digital signature system to streamline collaboration, approvals and execution of contracts. We deploy a secure, hosted environment to request and execute signatures and exchange contracts and documents across individuals or groups. Our platforms enable multiple signature execution with routing through approval hierarchies, while providing transparency to the status and tracking of comments and edits. Upon execution, documents are stored electronically for secure archiving and retrieval. Furthermore, Exela offers a suite of enterprise legal management solutions and services that streamline and automate legal department processes to rationalize costs and drive productivity. Solutions and services range from preventative remediation, identifying risks such as overcharges, discrimination, and data breaches and proactively providing restitution, eDiscovery, word processing and contract management using automated summarization and metadata extraction along with cognitive search enabled by natural language processing; and records management. Integrated Communications Exela’s comprehensive multi-channel integrated communications solutions help customers communicate with other businesses or customers. This suite of solutions links through many channels, for example, email, print and mail, SMS, web, voice, and chat. Exela solutions and services can also include design and marketing and selection of optimal engagement and least cost routing for mission critical communications for example, bills, statements, enrollments, customer support, targeted marketing, mass notifications, reprographics, and regulatory notices. We also work with our customers as a digital migration partner to improve user experience while helping to reduce and even eliminate inefficient, wasteful communications. We use proprietary discovery techniques and analytics in addition to service specific technology to propose optimal channel and content. Our employees can also generate personalized messages, customized promotions, incentives, escalations, and resolutions. 10 Table of Contents Exela Smart Office In the second half of 2019, we launched a group of solutions that complement our existing offerings, labeled Exela Smart Officeە℠ (“Smart Office”). Smart Office seeks to improve employee and visitor experiences while optimizing facility management efficiency thereby contributing towards corporate sustainability standards. Smart Office is our enterprise IoT, which helps transform the front-office, energy and facilities management, logistics and fulfillment for our customers, and provides on-demand services with connected devices to facilitate green initiatives, reduce waste, and ultimately enhance the employee and visitor experience. For example, our space management software uses sensors to detect facility utilization, which enables optimized space and energy usage and provides mobile workers directions to available work spaces, while our Contactless Entry and Exit (“CEE”) and lobby kiosk can be deployed to regulate facility access and track employee activities with automated time sheets. Our FYI platform connects our customers’ employees with AI assisted digital help desk channels across departments and a federated search forum to quickly explore related topics and discussions. Our Intelligent Lockers are available for visitor day storage of luggage and to provide a secure chain of custody for parcels and mail for employees using our hosted shipping and receiving tools. Human Capital Management (“HCM”) During 2019, we moved the majority of our employees to our proprietary human capital management platform, HCM. This platform integrates with our existing offerings and is designed to help an enterprise and its employees manage the data and processes relevant to the entire employment lifecycle from recruitment to retirement. By providing digital management and data tracking for human capital, we enable reduction in administrative overhead and enhanced management of human capital productivity while improving the overall experience. Our human capital management platform is now available for sale. Industry Specific Services and Solutions While the above-described solutions and services can be leveraged across industries, over the years we have also developed services and solutions for specific industries which help our customers around the world better manage their liquidity. The most significant are summarized below. Banking and Financial Industry Solutions and Services Our banking and financial solutions consist of payment, mortgage, enrollment, lending and loan management, governance and information management solutions and accounted for approximately 27% of 2020 revenue. Exela’s payment operations and treasury management solutions are designed to improve digital engagement and transaction speed and compliance. We also provide mobile and remote deposit technologies to our banking and financial services customers. We are one of the largest non-bank processors of payments. We handle many payment channels in addition to checks and credit cards including, automated clearing house (ACH), Faster Payments in UK and Ireland, Single European Payment Area (SEPA), Bank Giro in the Nordics and other payment networks. We perform these services on behalf of banks or their customers. We believe the regulatory environment in many geographies is beginning to allow non-bank payment processors to connect to the payment networks directly such that one can verify funds, confirm payee and settlement of payments and are pursuing a PSP license in the European Union to further expand our payment offerings. We have extensive experience and technology that we have built over decades and that are in use to serve many banks and companies to process the payments related to both business to business (“B2B”) and business to consumer (“B2C”) transactions. We develop, use, and sell proprietary integrated receivables processing technology, providing our customers with a solution that consolidates B2B and B2C transactions across many payment channels into a single platform, connected to our XBP network of global buyers and suppliers. We plan to offer this as a branded or as a private label solution to our banking customers giving them the ability to offer advanced treasury solutions with insights from accounts receivable, customer credit worthiness, payment habits, soft collections and delinquent collections. 11 Table of Contents We add value by automating manual, repetitive processes to improve speed and provide cost efficiencies within a compliant mortgage and lending completion process. Our proprietary mortgage and loan management solutions enable lenders to originate loans and service them with greater efficiency. Our platforms also enable invoice discounting, factoring, payables financing and leverage automation and integration such that traditional lenders and alternate lenders, including peer to peer lenders can provide liquidity to underserved borrowers. Our key focus is connecting broken billing and payment processes through XBP using secure messaging and established settlement infrastructure. By providing a digital transformation path without heavy integration requirements, we believe we can rapidly improve user experience, reduce postage, print and mail costs, enable faster decisions, and facilitate optimal allocation of capital and risk management for our customers. By using our solutions and services, we believe our banking and financial services customers can better manage their lending book and at a lower cost of ownership. Our banking solutions help organizations transform compliance, know your customer, anti-money laundering and confirmation of payee checks into a competitive advantage, including accelerated digital on-boarding, complex process automation, screening and monitoring and predictive analytics. Exela can provide these services as an end-to-end solution or as an augmentation of existing banking processes, as a technology license or through our employees to manage a component or an entire process. Healthcare Industry Solutions and Services for Insurance Companies and Healthcare Providers Exela’s healthcare industry customers include commercial and government sponsored healthcare plans, hospital networks and university hospital systems and large medical distribution systems and pharmacy networks, and accounted for approximately 23% of total revenues in 2020. We serve our customers using our proprietary technology and for some customers combined with their systems. We bundle our core solutions and services with a suite of healthcare payer specific services such as end-to-end processing of complex transactions, enrollments and credentialing, claims processing, adjudication and payment operations. We specialize in transactions that require multiple layers of validation, supporting documentation processing, reconciliation, and management of exceptions. We host a proprietary platform that connects providers and payers for claims submissions, acknowledgements or denials of payments and many other interactions covering the complete lifecycle of a claim, which enables a more satisfactory engagement between payers and providers and contributes to improved access to health care and lower administrative costs. Our payer customers often encourage their contracted providers to adopt our digital platforms for overall reduction of claim processing time and cost. We also provide our healthcare provider customers with many services including computer assisted coding, audit and recovery of underpayments, denial and grievances, release of information, and electronic health records. We plan to offer our mobile and web enrollment solutions, appointment scheduling and locating providers with ratings, also include insurance verification, cost of visit estimates and visit pre-approval. We provide some of these services and features on a stand-alone basis and on a more integrated basis. Insurance Industry Solutions and Services Exela offers a suite of insurance industry solutions aimed at providing digital engagements and rapid integration of disparate systems and silos. Our insurance industry solutions accounted for approximately 10% of total revenues in 2020. We provide applications and services to facilitate automation and digital transformation for underwriting and enrollments, premium payments, claims submission, first notification of loss, fraud, waste & abuse monitoring and integrated communications. Our solutions are aimed at improving the customer experience by providing digital pathways and transparency with web portals and integrated communications, while helping to improve quality and risk management. 12 Table of Contents Public Sector We provide technology and solutions to public sector customers. Our public sector solutions accounted for approximately 9% of total revenues in 2020. Our mission is to help our public sector customers with their digital journey and meet their objectives of better serving the public. Exela solutions are primarily deployed across pension benefits and administration, tax return processing, payment operations, inter-agency information management and communications with citizens and employees of government institutions. Our solutions have evolved over time to include digital capabilities and are designed to reduce taxpayer refund waiting time, decrease the potential for tax fraud, and provide reports and data to the relevant stakeholders. Exela also has the infrastructure in place to process payments, perform collection services, handle overflow taxpayer calls, provide e-filing for individual income tax, generate outbound taxpayer notification (traditional and/or electronic notifications), and host other developed solutions. Commercial, Tech, Manufacturing, and Legal Industries Solutions and Services For the commercial, technology, manufacturing and legal industries, we primarily provide multi-industry solutions described earlier. For 2020, our commercial industry revenue accounted for approximately 19% of total revenues, our revenues from the technology and manufacturing industry accounted for approximately 6%, while our revenue from the legal industry accounted for approximately 5%. Historically, the majority of revenue for the above-mentioned industries was generated in the Americas, though we believe there is significant expansion opportunity throughout EMEA and the Asian markets. As we have made investments in our global scale, technology platforms, and business strategy, some of our multi-national customers have expanded our services to other geographies to leverage our international footprint. We believe our value proposition as a single source provider with global platforms and location agnostic operations, positions us as a differentiated partner to our multi-national customers. With the launch of Smart Office, we have been targeting technology companies in our initial go-to-market approach. We believe technology companies have a heavy focus on employee experience to attract top tier talent, and they often serve as early adopters for new offerings setting trends across other industries, and we believe they will serve as strong references as we expand our Smart Office growth strategy. Overview of Revenues Our business consists of three reportable segments: ● Information and Transaction Processing Solutions ("ITPS"). The ITPS segment is our largest segment, with $1,005.0 million of revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, representing 77.8% of our revenues. We generate ITPS revenues primarily from a transaction-based pricing model for the various types of volumes processed, licensing and maintenance fees for technology sales, and a mix of fixed management fee and transactional revenue for document logistics and location services. ● Healthcare Solutions ("HS"). The HS segment generated $219.0 million of revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, representing 16.9% of our revenues. We generate HS revenues primarily from a transaction-based pricing model for the various types of volumes processed for healthcare payers and providers. ● Legal & Loss Prevention Services ("LLPS"). The LLPS segment generated $68.5 million of revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, representing 5.3% of our revenues. We generate LLPS revenues primarily based on time and materials pricing as well as through transactional services priced on a per item basis. Additional financial information for our three business segments is included in Note 19 within our consolidated financial statements. 13 Table of Contents We provide services to our customers on a global basis. In 2020, our revenues by geography were as follows: $1,057.0 million in the United States (81.8% of total revenues), $213.4 million in EMEA (16.5% of total revenues), and $22.1 million from the rest of the world (1.7% of total revenues). We present additional geographical financial information in Note 19 within our consolidated financial statements. Our revenues can be affected by various factors such as our customers' demand pattern for our services. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenues in the third quarter and higher revenues in the fourth quarter. Backlog is not a metric that we use to measure our business. History and Development of Our Company Exela is a Delaware corporation that was formed through the strategic combination of SourceHOV Holdings, Inc. ("SourceHOV") a leading global transaction processing company, and Novitex Holding, Inc. ("Novitex"), a cloud-based document outsourcing company, pursuant to a business combination agreement dated February 21, 2017. Formerly known as Quinpario Acquisition Corp. 2 ("Quinpario"), Exela was originally formed as a special purpose acquisition company on July 15, 2014 and completed its initial public offering on January 22, 2015. In conjunction with the completion of the Novitex Business Combination in July 2017, Quinpario was renamed "Exela Technologies, Inc." Exela began trading under the ticker "XELA" on the Nasdaq Stock Market on July 13, 2017. The Novitex Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse merger for which SourceHOV was determined to be the accounting acquirer. The acquisition of Novitex was accounted for using the acquisition method. As a result, the financial information for 2017 presented in this Annual Report is not pro forma (unless labeled as such); it includes the financial information and activities for SourceHOV for the entire year ending December 31, 2017, but only reflects the financial information and activities of Novitex for the period following the Novitex Business Combination from July 13, 2017 to December 31, 2017. On April 10, 2018, Exela completed the acquisition of Asterion International Group, a well-established provider of technology driven business process outsourcing, document management and business process automation across Europe. The acquisition was strategic to expanding Exela’s European business. On November 12, 2019 we announced that our Board of Directors had adopted a debt reduction and liquidity improvement initiative (“Initiative”). The Initiative is part of the Company’s strategic priority to position the Company for long-term success and increased stockholder value. As part of the Initiative, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into accounts receivable securitization facilities during 2020 and we consummated the sale of our tax benefits consulting group in March 2020 and our physical records storage and logistics business in July 5, 2020. The Company is continuing to pursue the sale of non-core assets that are not central to the Company’s long-term strategic vision. The Company has retained financial advisors to assist with the sale of select assets and announced in December 2020 that it had retained an Investment Bank as an additional financial advisor to assist the Company and management in pursuing alternatives to strengthen its balance sheet and enhance shareholder value. The Company expects to use the net proceeds from the Initiative for the repayment of debt, with a target reduction of $150.0 to $200.0 million. Exela has set a two-year timetable for completion of the Initiative. There can be no assurance that the Initiative or any particular element of the Initiative will be consummated or will achieve its desired result. On January 25, 2021, we amended our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “COI”) to effect a one- for-three Reverse Stock Split (as further described under “Reverse Stock Split” below). Except as otherwise indicated, all share and per share information herein gives effect to the Reverse Stock Split. Key Business Strategies Exela business strategy is to use its Digital NowSM model, which aims to accelerate our customers’ digital transformation through deployment of our software automation techniques, hosted within a single, cloud hosted platform. Our overarching goal is to provide highest value and lowest cost of ownership. We accomplish this by building scalable systems that are used by our employees to deliver business process automation services globally. The key elements of our growth strategy are described below: 14 Table of Contents ● Expand Penetration of Solution Stack Across Customer Base. We seek to move up what we call “the seven layers of technology enabled solutions and services stack,” climbing the value chain from discrete services to end-to-end processes through use of front-end enterprise software. We believe continued deployment of our single sign on portals with on-demand applications will drive expansion of our front-end software (B2B/B2C/SaaS) and integrated offerings. o Layer 1 - Data Fabric - Host, gather, extract all types of structured and unstructured data, digital and analog o Layer 2 - Information Management - Digital classifications, data enhancement and normalization driving downstream processes improvement o Layer 3 – Intelligent Workflow Automation - Digital connectivity and automated decisioning driving productivity and quality o Layer 4 - Process Components - Operations partner for component(s) of larger process, handing off output file for downstream execution o Layer 5 - Platform Integrations - Exela platforms directly connected to customers’ core systems, accessed through SSO and common interfaces o Layer 6 - Digital Now End-to-End Process - Full cycle operations and technology for multi-channel process through execution of business outcomes o Layer 7 - Front-End Software (B2B/B2C/SaaS) - Exela front end applications (branded or private label) directly interfacing with end user experience See diagram of 7 layers of solutions below: ● Expand relationships with existing customers. We intend to continue aggressively pursuing cross-selling and up-selling opportunities within our existing customer base. With an existing base of over 4,000 customers, we believe we have meaningful opportunities to offer a bundled suite of services and be a "one-stop-shop" for our 15 Table of Contents customers' information and transaction processing needs. Our sales force is organized on an industry basis and utilizes solutions and relationships to better serve our customers across all levels of their organizations. As an example, we now offer a full suite of healthcare-focused solutions by bundling enrollments, policy and plan management, claims processing, audit and recovery services, payment solutions, integrated accounts payable and receivable, medical records management, and unified communication services for payers and providers. ● Expand XBP network of buyers and suppliers. We process approximately 5 billion transactions per year, including over $1 trillion worth of deposits and $600 billion worth of invoices. The transactions we process impact hundreds of millions of consumers globally, and present a significant opportunity to seamlessly connect all stakeholders with improved experience, lower cost, and value-added services. We intend to expand the scope and scale of services we offer to our customers by leveraging the integration value our existing network provides as we endeavor to further connect buyers and suppliers to communicate and transact digitally. ● Leverage BPA suite across on-site services. Approximately 5,000 of our employees currently work at customers in an on-site capacity. We believe this on-site presence is a competitive differentiator and a valuable asset as we pursue future growth opportunities. We have been deploying our BPA software across these customer locations, and we believe that by offering our customers enhanced productivity and quality through our onsite employees, we will continue to create additional opportunities to expand our footprint and wallet share across their organization. For example, in customers where we provide underwriting support and claims processing, we can enable our onsite employees to accelerate the aggregation and analysis of datasets while also increasing accuracy and automatically flagging deficiencies using our software. By enhancing the productivity and quality of our onsite employees, we believe we will increase the demand from our customers to replicate our processes across their organization, bolstering our cross-sell/up-sell initiatives. By having our BPA suite already approved and deployed within existing onsite engagements, we believe our ability to expand into new lines of business will be streamlined and accelerated. ● Work-from-Anywhere (WFA) enablement – We believe the modern workforce will become more globalized, dynamic and distributed, demanding applications that support digital workflows, remote connectivity, productivity optimization and flexible facilities. We plan to continue expanding our WFA suite of enterprise software to meet the evolving needs of our customers and their employees. ● Pursue new customer opportunities. We plan to continue to develop new long-term, strategic customer relationships, especially where we have an opportunity to deliver a wide range of our capabilities and can have a meaningful impact on our customers' business outcomes. For example, we plan to dedicate resources within the legal industry in order to pursue opportunities in e-discovery and contract management services. ● Develop additional process capabilities and industry expertise. We will focus on developing additional process capabilities and market expertise for our core industries. We will continue to invest in technology and innovation that will accelerate the build-out of our portfolio of next-generation solutions, such as platform-based descriptive and predictive analytics services for processing flows of "Big Data" to help customers gain better insight into their processes and businesses. As an example, on behalf of our customers, we are deploying Big Data automation platforms to analyze individual consumer behavior and interaction patterns to identify opportunities for revenue enhancement and loss prevention, and configure optimal outreach campaigns to drive sales, loyalty, and profitability. ● Pursue meaningful cost synergy opportunities and accelerate long-term profitability. Due to similar operating infrastructures between SourceHOV and Novitex, we continue to deliver and believe we have additional opportunities across information technology, operations, facilities, and corporate functions to achieve cost savings executable as we approach three years from the closing of the Novitex Business Combination. ● Capitalize on our enhanced scale and operating capacity. We intend to utilize our increased global scale and brand recognition to strengthen our ability to bid on new opportunities. We plan to dedicate more resources to pursue whitespace coverage to expand our range of service offerings and pursue additional cross-selling 16 Table of Contents opportunities. We will also look to use our increased scale and operations expertise to improve utilization of our assets. Customers We serve over 4,000 customers across a variety of industries, including over 60% of the Fortune® 100. Our customers are among the leading companies in their respective industries, and many of them are recurring customers that have maintained long-term relationships with us and our predecessor companies. We have successfully leveraged our relationships with customers to offer extended value chain services, creating stickier customer relationships and increasing overall margins. Customers are increasingly turning to us due to a demonstrated ability to work on large-scale projects, past performance and record of delivery, and deep domain expertise accumulated from years of experience in key verticals. We believe, our stable base of customers and sticky, long-term relationships lead to predictable revenues. Industry Highlights We maintain a strong mix of diversified customers with low customer concentration. No customer accounts for more than 10% of 2020 revenue. The diversity of our customer base has contributed to the stability and predictability of our revenue streams and cash flows. We have been able to effectively balance our customer mix and reduce dependency on any single customer or vertical by penetrating a diverse set of end markets. Research and Development Our ability to continue to compete successfully depends heavily upon our ability to ensure a timely flow of competitive products, services and technologies to the marketplace while also leveraging our domain expertise to demonstrate our understanding in implementing solutions across the industries we serve. Through regular and sustained investment, licensing of intellectual property and acquisition of third-party businesses and technology, we continue to develop new knowledge platforms, applications and supporting service bundles that enhance and expand our existing suite of services. Our seven-layer technology model requires us to continue to harness our capabilities in each layer and the ultimate measure of success will be how many customers are in each layer. We believe that a greater customer concentration in the top layers will reflect the success of our R&D strategy. Additional financial information regarding our R&D expense is included in Note 2 within our consolidated financial statements. Intellectual Property We deploy a combination of internally developed proprietary knowledge platforms, applications and generally available third- party licensed software as part of our scalable and flexible solutions and services. We believe our intellectual property is our competitive strength. 17 Table of Contents Our platforms aim to enhance information management and workflow processes through automation and process optimization to minimize labor requirements or to improve labor performance. Our decisioning engines have been built with years of deep domain expertise, incorporating hundreds of thousands of customer and industry specific rules which enable efficiency and lowers cost preparation and decisioning of transactions. Our business processes and implementation methodologies are confidential and proprietary and include trade secrets that are important to our business. We own a variety of trademarks and patents, which are registered or pending. We regularly enter into nondisclosure agreements with customers, business partners, employees, and contractors that require confidential treatment of our information to establish, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights. Our licensed intellectual properties are generally governed by written agreements of varying durations, including some with fixed terms that are subject to renewal based on mutual agreement. Generally, each agreement may be further extended, and we have historically been able to renew most existing agreements before they expire. We expect these and other similar agreements to be extended so long as it is mutually advantageous to both parties at the time of renewal. Competition We believe that the principal competitive factors in providing our solutions include proprietary platforms, industry specific knowledge, quality, reliability and security of service, and price. We are differentiated competitively given our scale of operations, reputation as a trusted partner with deep domain expertise, innovative solutions, and highly integrated technology platforms that provide customers with end-to-end services addressing many aspects of their mission-critical operational processes. We continue to integrate best practice delivery processes into our service-delivery capabilities to improve its quality and service levels and to increase operational efficiencies. The markets in which we serve are competitive with both large and small businesses, as well as global companies: ● Multi-national companies that provide data aggregation, information management and workflow automation services, such as IBM, EMC, OpenText, Hyland, Iron Mountain, Canon, and Ricoh; ● Consulting, discrete process and platform integration service providers such as Fiserv, Jack Henry, FIS, Black Knight Financial, Optum, Broadridge Financial Solutions, Computershare, Cognizant, and Accenture; ● Platform and front-end software providers, such as Workday, Salesforce, Blackline and Pega; ● Multi-shore BPO companies, such as Genpact, Cognizant, Exl service, Conduent, Wipro, and WNS; and ● Smaller, niche service providers in specific verticals or geographic markets. Regulation and Compliance We handle, directly or indirectly through customer contracts and business associate agreements, a significant amount of information, including personal and health-related information, which results in our being subject to federal, state and local privacy laws, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, HIPAA and the HITECH Act of 2009. Further, we are subject to the local rules and regulations, including those relating to the handling of information, in the other countries in which we operate. In addition, services in our LLPS segment, though not directly regulated, must be provided in a manner consistent with the relevant legal framework. For example, our bankruptcy claims administration services must be provided in accordance with the requirements and deadlines of the United States Bankruptcy Code and Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. In addition, some of our customers are subject to regulatory oversight, which may result in our being reviewed from time to time by such oversight bodies. Further, as a government contractor, we are subject to associated regulations and requirements. Changes to existing laws, introduction of new laws, or failure to comply with existing laws that are applicable to us may subject us to, among other things, additional costs or changes to our business practices, liability for monetary 18 Table of Contents damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to obtain and process information and allegations by our customers and customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on profitability and cash flow. Privacy and Information Security Regulations Data privacy laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign countries apply to the access, collection, transfer, use, storage, and destruction of personal information in connection with our services. In the U.S., our financial institution customers are required to comply with privacy regulations imposed under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, in addition to other regulations. As a processor of personal information in our role as a provider of services to financial institutions, we are bound by similar limitations on disclosure of the information received from our customers as apply to the financial institutions themselves. We also perform services for healthcare companies and are, therefore, subject to compliance with laws and regulations regarding healthcare information, including HIPAA in the U.S. We also perform credit-related services and agree to comply with payment card standards, including the PCIDSS. In addition, federal and state privacy and information security laws, and consumer protection laws, which apply to businesses that collect or process personal information, also apply to our businesses. Privacy laws and regulations may require notification to affected individuals, federal and state regulators, and consumer reporting agencies in the event of a security breach that results in unauthorized access to, or disclosure of, certain personal information. Privacy laws outside the U.S. may be more restrictive and may require different compliance requirements than U.S. laws and regulations and may impose additional duties on us in the performance of our services. There has been increased public attention regarding the use of personal information and data transfer, accompanied by legislation and regulations intended to strengthen data protection, information security and consumer and personal privacy. The law in these areas continues to develop and the changing nature of privacy laws in the U.S., the European Union (“E.U”) and elsewhere could impact our processing of personal information of our employees and on behalf of our customers. In the E.U. the comprehensive General Data Privacy Regulation (the "GDPR") went into effect in May 2018. The GDPR has introduced significant privacy-related changes for companies operating both in and outside the EU. In the U.S., California has adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, and several states are considering adopting similar laws imposing obligations regarding the handling of personal information. While we believe that we are compliant with our regulatory responsibilities, information security threats continue to evolve resulting in increased risk and exposure. In addition, legislation, regulation, litigation, court rulings, or other events could expose us to increased costs, liability, and possible damage to our reputation. Human Capital The continued success of our business is driven by our people. Our senior leadership team has extensive experience within the larger BPO as well as the BPA industries. As we were formed through a series of acquisitions, we have retained an experienced and cohesive leadership team. The combination of our employees with our technology is the backbone of our ability to provide holistic solutions designed to meet the rapidly evolving needs of our customers. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 19,000 total employees, of which approximately 625 are part-time employees. We have a global workforce with a majority of our employees located in Americas and EMEA, and the remainder located in India, the Philippines and China. Our employee count fluctuates from time to time based upon the timing and duration of our engagements. We consider our employees to be the foundation for our growth and success. As such, our future success as an organization depends in part on our ability to attract, train, retain, and motivate qualified personnel. We are also fully committed to developing and fostering a culture of diversity and inclusion, and understand that our ability to identify and hire talented individuals from all backgrounds and perspectives is key to our continued success. ● Diversity and inclusion. We believe that a diverse workforce is critical to our success, and we continue to focus on the hiring, retention, and advancement of women and underrepresented populations. Our recent efforts have been focused in three areas: giving back and supporting the social issues impacting our 19 Table of Contents communities and people, expanding our efforts to recruit and hire world-class diverse talent, and identifying strategic partners to accelerate our inclusion and diversity programs. ● Compensation and benefits. We offer a complete set of benefits for our employees, including competitive base salaries and annual cash bonuses, as well as comprehensive health benefits, retirement plans, and a generous time off policy. In addition, we have used targeted equity-based grants with vesting conditions to facilitate retention of personnel, particularly those with critical engineering skills and experience. ● Health, safety, and wellness. Health, safety, and wellness. The success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our people. Accordingly, we are committed to the health, safety and wellness of our employees. We provide our employees and their families with access to a variety of innovative, flexible, and convenient health and wellness programs. These include benefits that provide protection and security so our people can have peace of mind concerning events that may require time away from work or that impact their financial well-being, benefits that support our people’s physical and mental health by providing tools and resources to help them improve or maintain their health status and encourage engagement in healthy behaviors, and benefits that offer choice, where possible, so our people can customize benefits to meet their needs and the needs of their families. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented significant changes that we determined were in the best interest of our employees and their families, as well as the communities in which we operate, and which comply with government regulations. This includes having the vast majority of our employees work from home, while implementing additional safety measures for employees continuing critical on- site work. ● Talent development. We invest significant resources to develop the talent needed to continue to be a leader in our industry. We deliver numerous training opportunities, provide rotational assignment opportunities, have expanded our focus on continuous learning and development, and implemented industry leading methodologies to manage performance, provide feedback and develop talent. Our talent development programs provide employees with the resources they need to help achieve their career goals, build management skills and lead their organizations. We provide a series of employee workshops around the globe that support professional growth and development. Additionally, our manager and employee forum programs provide an ongoing opportunity for employees to practice and apply learning around conversations aligned with our annual review process. We also have an employee development website that provides quick access to learning resources that are personalized to the individual's development needs. ● Building connections - with each other and our communities. We believe that building connections between our employees, their families, and our communities creates a more meaningful, fulfilling and enjoyable workplace. Our employees are passionate about many causes, so our corporate giving and volunteering programs support and encourage employees by engaging with those causes. We are active and involved members in the communities in which our employees live and work, and we promote a culture of volunteering and giving back. We locate our operation centers in areas where the value proposition it offers is attractive relative to other local opportunities, resulting in an engaged educated multi-lingual workforce that is able to make a meaningful global contribution from their local marketplace. We offer our employees a focused set of training programs to increase their skills and leadership capabilities with the goal of creating a long-term funnel of talent to support the Company’s continued growth. Additionally, our proprietary platforms enable rapid learning and facilitate knowledge transfer among employees, reducing training time. Human Capital Management (HCM) During 2019, we moved the majority of our employees to our proprietary human capital management platform, HCM. This platform integrates with our existing offerings and is designed to help an enterprise and its employees manage the data and processes relevant to the entire employment lifecycle from recruitment to retirement. By providing digital management and data tracking for human capital, we enable reduction in administrative overhead and enhanced 20 Table of Contents management of human capital productivity while improving the overall experience. Our human capital management platform is now available for sale. Executive Officers The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of March 22, 2021: Name Ronald Cogburn Shrikant Sortur Suresh Yannamani Mark Fairchild Srini Murali Vitalie Robu Age 65 48 55 61 48 49 Position Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer President President, Exela Smart Office President, Americas and APAC President, EMEA Ronald Cogburn is our Chief Executive Officer and served as Chief Executive Officer of SourceHOV from 2013 until the closing of the Novitex Business Combination. Mr. Cogburn has been part of companies that were predecessors to SourceHOV since 1993, bringing over 30 years of diversified experience in executive management, construction claims consulting, litigation support, program management project management, cost estimating, damages assessment and general building construction. Mr. Cogburn has also been a principal of HGM since 2003. Prior to his role as Chief Executive Officer of SourceHOV, Mr. Cogburn was SourceHOV’s President, KPO from March 2011 to July 2013. Prior to this role, Mr. Cogburn was the President of HOV Services, LLC from January 2005 to September 2007, providing executive leadership during the company’s growth to its IPO on the India Stock Exchange in September 2006. Mr. Cogburn has a BSCE in Structural Design/Construction Management from Texas A&M University and is a registered Professional Engineer. Shrikant Sortur is our Chief Financial Officer and served as Executive Vice President, Global Finance from the Novitex Business Combination in 2017 until May 15, 2020. Mr. Sortur served as Senior Vice President, Global Finance of SourceHOV from 2016 until the closing of the Novitex Business Combination. He was responsible for SourceHOV’s finance and accounting groups and led financial operations, activities, plans and budgets. Mr. Sortur’s career spans more than 19 years of varied experience in financial management, accounting, reporting, and lean operations. Mr. Sortur served in other management roles in predecessor companies to SourceHOV from 2002 until the closing of the Novitex Business Combination. Mr. Sortur also acted as Vice President of Finance of SourceHOV from June 2015 to May 2016. Mr. Sortur acted as Director of Financial Planning and Analysis, TPS from January 2014 to June 2015. Prior to this role, Mr. Sortur was the Director of Financial Planning and Analysis, North America Operations from January 2012 to December 2013. Mr. Sortur acted as Controller for HOV Global from January 2009 to December 2011. Mr. Sortur was a Senior Accounting Manager for HOV Services, LLC / Lason, Inc. from May 2004 to December 2008 and worked for the SourceHOV group as a Manager, Finance & Accounts for Lason India Ltd. from December 2002 to May 2014. From March 1999 to December 2002, Mr. Sortur served as General Manager, Finance at SRM Technologies, a business solutions and technology provider specializing in software design and development, systems integration, web services, enterprise mobilization, and embedded solutions development. From June 1997 to February 1999, Mr. Sortur served as Junior Manager, Finance and Accounting for Steel Authority of India, a large state-owned steel making company based in New Delhi, India. Mr. Sortur graduated from Osmania University with a bachelor’s degree in accounting and is a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Chartered Accountant (CA), and Certified Management Accountant (CMA). Suresh Yannamani is our President and served as President, Americas of SourceHOV from 2011 until the closing of the Novitex Business Combination, and has been a part of companies that were predecessors to SourceHOV from 1997 until the closing of the Novitex Business Combination. Mr. Yannamani oversees the sales and operations and plays a large part in scaling the transaction processing solutions practice and enterprise solution strategy for healthcare, financial services and commercial industries. Mr. Yannamani was also President of HOV Services, LLC from 2007 to 2011, serving customers in the healthcare, financial services, insurance and commercial industries. Mr. Yannamani was the Executive Vice President of BPO services for Lason from 1997 to 2007 prior to its acquisition by HOV Services, LLC. Mr. Yannamani also served in management roles at IBM from 1995 to 1997, managing the design, development, 21 Table of Contents and implementation of financial management information systems for the public sector and worked for Coopers & Lybrand as a consultant in public audits from 1992 to 1994. Mr. Yannamani has a bachelor’s degree in Chemistry from the University of London and holds an MBA from Eastern Michigan University. Mark D. Fairchild is our President, Exela SmartOffice and served as President of Exela Enterprise Solutions from the Novitex Business Combination until January 2019 and prior to that served as President, Europe, of SourceHOV from the merger of BancTec and SourceHOV in 2014, having served in management roles at BancTec since 1985. With more than 30 years of executive experience in the financial services industry, Mr. Fairchild specializes in global account management, transaction processing services, software solutions and hardware technology products. In 2005, Mr. Fairchild was appointed Chief Technology Officer of BancTec and was responsible for the company’s software and hardware products, manufacturing and internal IT services until 2014. Prior to this role, Mr. Fairchild acted as Vice President for International Operations of BancTec from 2001 to 2005 and VP of European Operations from 1998 to 2001. In his role as International Systems Director from 1991 to 1998, Mr. Fairchild led the European software teams, implementing payment platforms throughout the region. As Director of Engineering of BancTec from 1989 to 1991, Mr. Fairchild led the research and development team that introduced a new high-speed digital image processing system that formed the base of BancTec’s ImageFIRST product portfolio. Mr. Fairchild joined BancTec as a Project Manager, a position he held from 1985 to 1986. He began his career as a software developer at British Aerospace, where he worked from 1981 to 1985. Mr. Fairchild graduated with honors from Manchester University with a bachelor’s degree in aeronautical engineering and holds an MBA from London Business School. Srini Murali is our President, Americas and APAC and served as Chief Operating Officer Americas and APAC from the Novitex Business Combination until January 2019. He is responsible for all sales, operations and business strategy functions across the Americas and Asia Pacific. Prior to the Novitex Business Combination, Mr. Murali served as Senior Vice President, Operations for the Americas and APAC regions for SourceHOV, creating global operating strategies, developing client relationships, and overseeing compliance. Mr. Murali has been a part of predecessor companies to SourceHOV since 1993. During his tenure, Mr. Murali has held analysis, product development, IT, and operational roles. In 2010, Mr. Murali took on a broader scope of responsibility as SourceHOV’s Senior Vice President of Global Operations and IT. Mr. Murali has served in executive-level leadership roles at companies that preceded SourceHOV since 2007, when he was appointed Vice President of IT and Technology. Prior to these management roles, Mr. Murali served as Director of Information Technology for Lason from 2002 to 2007, and as an Application Development Manager for Lason from 1998 to 2002. Before joining Lason, Mr. Murali worked as a Systems Engineer for Vetri Systems from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Murali graduated with a bachelor’s degree in mathematics and statistics from Loyola College, Chennai, and earned an MBA from Davenport University, Michigan. Vitalie Robu is our President, EMEA and served as Chief Operating Officer, EMEA from the Novitex Business Combination until January 2019. Mr. Robu is responsible for all sales, operations and business strategy functions across Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Mr. Robu specializes in transaction processing services, technology products, and software solutions, and has over 20 years of international management experience in the private and public sectors. Prior to the Novitex Business Combination, he served as Senior Vice President, Operations for the European region of SourceHOV from 2014. From 2010 to 2014, Mr. Robu held the position of President and Executive Director of DataForce UK, a business process outsourcing and software provider that was part of SourceHOV. Prior to joining the SourceHOV group, Mr. Robu served as Manager of Investment and Insurance Products for Citibank EMEA in London from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Robu has degrees in International Relations from the National School for Political Studies, Bucharest and Physics from the State University of Moloves, and earned an MBA from IMD — International Institute for Management Development, Lausanne. Reverse Stock Split At the 2020 Annual Meeting, our stockholders authorized our Board of Directors, in its discretion, to amend our COI to effect a reverse split of our outstanding Common Stock at a ratio between one-for-three and one-for-ten, with such final ratio to be determined by the Board of Directors following the special meeting (the “Reverse Stock Split”). On January 22, 2021, the Board of Directors determined to set the Reverse Stock Split ratio at one-for-three and approved the final form of the certificate of amendment to our COI to effectuate the Reverse Stock Split, which was filed with the 22 Table of Contents Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 25, 2021. The Reverse Stock Split became effective in accordance with the terms of the certificate of amendment at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on that date, at which time every three (3) shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding automatically combined into one (1) share of issued and outstanding Common Stock, without any change in the par value per share. Fractional shares were not issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. Stockholders who would otherwise have been entitled to a fractional share of Common Stock instead received cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the closing sales price of the Company’s Common Stock as quoted on The Nasdaq Capital Market on January 25, 2021. The Reverse Stock Split resulted in a proportionate adjustment to the per share exercise price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our outstanding stock options and warrants, as well as the number of shares of Common Stock eligible for issuance under the Company’s 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, the conversion rate of our preferred stock was equitably adjusted following the Reverse Stock Split, such that the conversion rate is now 0.3030 (previously 0.9090) and the Conversion Price is $26.40 (previously $8.80), with the effect that immediately following the Reverse Stock Split, each share of Preferred Stock converts into 1/3rd of the number of shares of Common Stock into which it was convertible immediately prior to Reverse Stock Split. Similarly, as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each of our warrants has been decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock. As a result, each warrant previously exercisable for one-half a share at $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per share), is now exercisable for one-sixth of a share at $5.75 per one-sixth of a share ($34.50 per share). Except as otherwise indicated, all share and per share information herein gives proforma effect to the Reverse Stock Split. Available Information Our website address is www.exelatech.com. We are not including the information provided on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report. We make available free of charge (other than an investor's own internet access charges) through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). In addition, we make available our code of ethics entitled "Global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct" free of charge through our website. We intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or Nasdaq listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of our code of ethics. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The information contained on the websites referenced in this Annual Report is not incorporated by reference into this filing. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report, the following risks impact our business and operations. These risk factors are not exhaustive and all investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to our business, financial condition and prospects. Risks Related to our Business We have substantial indebtedness and other obligations and any failure to meet our debt service obligations or restrictive covenants would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operation and could cause the market value of our Common Stock to decline. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $1.5 billion of long-term debt, excluding current maturities. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we announced a debt reduction and liquidity improvement initiative, which is part of the Company’s strategic priority to position the Company to long-term success and increased stockholder value. As the first step of this initiative, the Company entered into accounts receivable securitization facilities and sold two non-core assets 23 Table of Contents during 2020 and continues to pursue the sale of other non-core assets. While the Company seeks to repay and/or refinance a material portion of its indebtedness, there can be no assurance that such plan will be successful in whole or in part and, even if the plan is successful, we will still have a substantial amount of indebtedness outstanding. On March 26, 2020, the Delaware Court of Chancery entered a judgment against one of our subsidiaries in the amount of $57,698,426 inclusive of costs and interest arising out of the Appraisal Action, which judgment will continue to accrue interest, until paid, at the legal rate, compounded quarterly. The Company was unsuccessful in its appeal of the judgment, and the petitioners aggressively continue to seek to enforce the judgment, including an action alleging unjust enrichment and seeking restitution and to pierce the corporate veil and seek alter ego liability against Exela and over 50 alleged subsidiaries and/or affiliates in an attempt to collect the award in the Appraisal Action from entities other than SourceHOV, and an action against SourceHOV and certain of its directors and officers alleging creditor derivative claims relating to the Company’s securitization facilities. In early February 2021, petitioners also filed a motion for a preliminary injunction in the derivative action in which they seek a court order freezing certain property and prohibiting certain transfers and payments by Exela subsidiaries other than SourceHOV, including preventing them from paying their creditors unless the payments are made equally among Exela’s other creditors and toward the Appraisal Action liability. If the petitioners are successful in their efforts to accelerate payment of the entire judgment, such action could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and/or cause certain of our secured lenders to take action adverse to us. Our indebtedness and other obligations could: require a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to servicing our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use cash flow from operations to fund operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities; increase the risks of adverse consequences resulting from a breach of any indebtedness agreement, including, for example, a failure to make required payments of principal or interest due to failure of our business to perform as expected; decrease our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, general corporate or other purposes; limit our flexibility to make acquisitions; require non-strategic divestitures; increase our cash requirements to support the payment of interest; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry; and increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic and industry conditions. Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness and our ability to comply with financial covenants in our various debt agreements depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions and financial, business and other factors affecting our consolidated operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt and meet our other cash requirements, we may be required, among other things: to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets; to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness; to sell certain of our assets, to the extent permitted under our indebtedness agreements; or to reduce or delay planned capital or operating expenditures. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets might not be available at all or on economically favorable terms. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations and could cause the market value of our Common Stock to decline. Our future profitability and ability to sustain positive cash flow is uncertain. Our future profitability depends on, among other things, our ability to generate revenue in excess of our expenses. However, we have significant and continuing fixed costs relating to the maintenance of our assets and business, including debt service requirements, which we may not be able to reduce adequately to sustain such profitability if our revenue decreases. Our future profitability also may be impacted by non-cash charges such as stock-based compensation charges and potential impairment of goodwill, which will negatively affect our reported financial results. Even if we achieve profitability on an annual basis, we may not be able to achieve profitability on a quarterly basis. You should not consider prior revenue growth as indicative of our future performance. In fact, in future quarters, we may not have any revenue growth or our revenue could decline. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons and risks described elsewhere herein and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. 24 Table of Contents Our ability to generate positive cash flow depends on our ability to generate collections from sales in excess of our cash expenditures. Our ability to generate and collect on sales can be negatively affected by many factors, including but not limited to our inability to convince new customers to use our services or existing customers to renew their contracts or use additional services; the lengthening of our sales cycles and implementation periods; changes in our customer mix; a decision by any of our existing customers to cease or reduce using our services; failure of customers to pay our invoices on a timely basis or at all; a failure in the performance of our solutions or internal controls that adversely affects our reputation or results in loss of business; the loss of market share to existing or new competitors; the failure to enter or succeed in new markets; regional or global economic conditions or regulations affecting perceived need for or value of our services; or our inability to develop new offerings, expand our offerings or drive adoption of our new offerings on a timely basis and thus potentially not meeting evolving market needs. We anticipate that we will incur increased sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses as we continue to diversify our business into new industries and geographic markets. Our business will also require significant amounts of working capital to support our growth. We may not achieve collections from sales to offset these anticipated expenditures sufficient to maintain positive future cash flow. In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events that cause our costs to exceed our expectations. An inability to generate positive cash flow may decrease our long-term viability. In 2020, we restated certain of our previously issued consolidated financial statements, which resulted in unanticipated costs and may affect investor and customer confidence and raise reputational issues. In 2020, we restated our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and restated each of the quarterly periods for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018. As a result, we incurred unanticipated costs for accounting and legal fees in connection with or related to the restatement, and have become subject to a number of additional risks, costs and uncertainties, including the risk of related litigation, which may affect investor and customer confidence in the accuracy of our financial disclosures and may raise reputational issues for our business. We have recorded significant goodwill impairment charges and may be required to record additional charges to future earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired. As of December 31, 2020, our goodwill balance was $359.8 million which represented 31.1% of total consolidated assets. We are required under GAAP to review our intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets and/or goodwill may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, slower growth rates in our industry or our own operations, and/or other materially adverse events that have implications on the profitability of our business or business segments. We may be required to record additional charges to earnings during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets is determined which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and may not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities, including. our Common Stock. The HGM Group has significant influence over us and our corporate governance. The HGM Group may be deemed to have voting control of over 40% of our Common Stock. As long as the HGM Group owns or controls a significant percentage of outstanding voting power, it will have the ability to strongly influence all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Director Nomination Agreement, the HGM Group has certain nomination rights with respect to our board of directors and consent rights over certain of our corporate actions. 25 Table of Contents Additionally, the HGM Group’s interests may not align with the interests of our other stakeholders. The HGM Group is in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The HGM Group may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the HGM Group and that it shall not have any obligation to offer to us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Exela. Certain of our contracts are subject to termination rights, audits and/or investigations, which, if exercised, could negatively impact our reputation and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Many of our customer contracts may be terminated by our customers without cause and without any fee or penalty, with only limited notice. Any failure to meet a customer’s expectations, as well as factors beyond our control, including a customer’s financial condition, strategic priorities, or mergers and acquisitions, could result in a cancellation or non-renewal of such a contract or a decrease in business provided to us and cause our actual results to differ from our forecasts. We may not be able to replace a customer that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, which would reduce our revenues. In addition, a portion of our revenues is derived from contracts with the U.S. federal and state governments and their agencies and from contracts with foreign governments and their agencies. Government entities typically finance projects through appropriated funds. While these projects are often planned and executed as multi-year projects, government entities usually reserve the right to change the scope of, or terminate, these projects for lack of approved funding and/or at their convenience. Changes in government or political developments, including budget deficits, shortfalls or uncertainties, government spending reductions (e.g., during a government shutdown) or other debt or funding constraints could result in lower governmental sales and in our projects being reduced in price or scope or terminated altogether, which also could limit our recovery of incurred costs, reimbursable expenses and profits on work completed prior to the termination. The public procurement environment is unpredictable and this could adversely affect our ability to perform work under new and existing contracts. Also, our government business is subject to the risk that one or more of our potential contracts or contract extensions may be diverted by the contracting agency to a small or disadvantaged or minority-owned business pursuant to set-aside programs may be bundled into large multiple award contracts for very large businesses. These risks can potentially have an adverse effect on our revenue growth and profit margins. Moreover, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations by government agencies. If the government finds that it inappropriately charged any costs to a contract, the costs are not reimbursable or, if already reimbursed, the cost must be refunded to the government. Additionally, if the government discovers improper or illegal activities or contractual non-compliance (including improper billing), we may be subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with the government. Any resulting penalties or sanctions could be substantial. Further, the negative publicity that could arise from any such penalties, sanctions or findings in such audits or investigations could have an adverse effect on our reputation in the industry and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a delisting of our Common Stock. Our Common Stock is currently listed for trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market, and the continued listing of our Common Stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market is subject to our compliance with a number of listing standards, including the $1.00 minimum bid price requirement for continued listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market under Rule 5550(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(2) requiring the Market Value of Listed Securities (“MVLS”) to be at or above $35 million and Nasdaq Listing Rule 5250(c)(1), which requires timely filing of periodic reports with the SEC. During 2020, we failed to meet each of these requirements, and 26 Table of Contents while we are currently in compliance with these requirements, there can be no assurance that we will continue to satisfy these or. other continuing listing requirements and remain listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market. If our Common Stock were no longer listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, investors might only be able to trade on one of the over-the-counter markets. This would impair the liquidity of our Common Stock not only in the number of shares that could be bought and sold at a given price, which might be depressed by the relative illiquidity, but also through delays in the timing of transactions and reduction in media coverage. In addition, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including: ● a limited availability of market quotations for our securities; ● a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for us; and ● a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. Downgrades in our credit ratings could impact our ability to access capital and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Credit rating agencies continually review their ratings for the companies that they follow, including us. Credit rating agencies also evaluate the industries in which we and our affiliates operate as a whole and may change their credit rating for us based on their overall view of such industries. Both Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s downgraded our ratings during 2019. There can be no assurance that any rating assigned to our currently outstanding public debt securities will remain in effect for any given period of time or that any such ratings will not be further lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. A further downgrade of our credit ratings could, among other things: ● limit our ability to access capital or otherwise adversely affect the availability of other new financing on favorable terms, if at all; ● result in more restrictive covenants governing the terms of any future indebtedness that we may incur; ● cause us to refinance indebtedness with less favorable terms and conditions, which debt may require collateral and restrict, among other things, our ability to pay distributions or repurchase shares; ● increase our cost of borrowing; ● adversely affect the market price of our outstanding debt securities; and ● impair our business, financial condition and results of operation. We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and other terms of our customer contracts, particularly our long-term contact center agreements, are based on estimates and assumptions we make at the time we enter into these contracts. These estimates reflect our best judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services and could differ from actual results. Not all our larger long-term contracts allow for escalation of fees as our cost of operations increase and those that allow for such escalations do not always allow increases at rates comparable to increases that we experience. If and where we cannot negotiate long-term contract terms that provide for fee adjustments to reflect increases in our cost of service delivery, our business, financial conditions, and results of operation would be materially impacted. Our business process automation solutions often require long selling cycles and long implementation periods that may result in significant upfront expenses that may not be recovered. We often face long selling cycles to secure new contracts for our business process automation solutions. If we are successful in obtaining an engagement, the selling cycle can be followed by a long implementation period during which we plan our services in detail and demonstrate to the customer our ability to successfully integrate our solutions with the customer’s internal operations. Our customers may experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology or system implementations which can further lengthen the selling cycle or implementation period, and certain engagements may also require a ramping up period after implementation before we can commence providing our services. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential customer and begin to discuss the services in detail, the potential customer may choose a competitor or decide to retain the work in- house prior to the time a contract is signed. In addition, once a contract is signed, we sometimes do not begin to receive revenue until 27 Table of Contents completion of the implementation period and our solution is fully operational. The extended lengths of our selling cycles and implementation periods can result in the incurrence of significant upfront expenses that may never result in profits or may result in profits only after a significant period of time has elapsed, which may negatively impact our financial performance. For example, we generally hire new employees to provide services in connection with certain large engagements once a new contract is signed. Accordingly, we may incur significant costs associated with these hires before we collect corresponding revenues. Our inability to obtain contractual commitments after a selling cycle, maintain contractual commitments after the implementation period or limit expenses prior to the receipt of corresponding revenue may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We face significant competition from U.S.-based and non-U.S.-based companies and from our customers who may elect to perform their business processes in-house. Our industry is highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid change. We compete primarily against large multi-national information technology companies, focused BPO companies based in offshore locations, BPO divisions of information technology companies located in India, other BPO and BPA and consulting providers that focus on the legal sector and the in-house capabilities of our customers and potential customers. These competitors may include entrants from adjacent industries or entrants in geographic locations with lower costs than those in which we operate. Some of our competitors have greater financial, marketing, technological or other resources, larger customer bases and more established reputations or brand awareness than we do. In addition, some of our competitors who do not have, or have limited, global delivery capabilities may expand their delivery centers to the countries in which we operate or increase their capacity in lower cost geographies, which could result in increased competition. Some of our competitors may also enter into strategic or commercial relationships among themselves or with larger, more established companies in order to benefit from increased scale and enhanced scope capabilities or enter into similar arrangements with potential customers. Further, we expect competition to intensify in the future as more companies enter our markets and customers consolidate the services they require among fewer vendors. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of market share could result in reduced operating margins, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change and failure to compete successfully within the industry and address rapid technological change could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. The process of developing new services and solutions is inherently complex and uncertain. It requires accurate anticipation of customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends. We must make long-term investments and commit significant resources before knowing whether these investments will eventually result in services that achieve customer acceptance and generate the revenues required to provide desired returns. If we fail to accurately anticipate and meet our customers’ needs through the development of new technologies and service offerings or if our new services are not widely accepted, we could lose market share and customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. More specifically, the business process solutions industry is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and changing customer preferences. The success of our business depends, in part, upon our ability to develop technology and solutions that keep pace with changes in our industry and the industries of our customers. Although we have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in the research, design and development of new technology and platforms-driven solutions, we may not be successful in addressing these changes on a timely basis or in marketing the changes we implement. In addition, products or technologies developed by others may render our services uncompetitive or obsolete. Failure to address these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, existing and potential customers are actively shifting their businesses away from paper-based environments to electronic environments with reduced needs for physical document management and processing. This shift may result in decreased demand for the physical document management services we provide such that our business and revenues may become more reliant on technology-based services in electronic environments, which are typically provided at lower prices compared to physical document management services. Though we have solutions for customers 28 Table of Contents seeking to make these types of transitions, a significant shift by our customers away from physical documents to non-paper based technologies, whether now existing or developed in the future, could adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. Also, some of the large international companies in the industry have significant financial resources and compete with us to provide document processing services and/or business process services. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. Our success in future performance is largely dependent upon our ability to compete successfully, to promptly and effectively react to changing technologies and customer expectations and to expand into additional market segments. To remain competitive, we must develop services and applications; periodically enhance our existing offerings; remain cost efficient; and attract and retain key personnel and management. If we are unable to compete successfully, we could lose market share and important customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We rely, in some cases, on third-party hardware and software, which could cause errors or failures of our services and could also result in adverse effects for our business and reputation if these third-party services fail to perform properly or are no longer available. Although we developed our platform-driven solutions internally, we rely, in some cases, on third-party hardware and software in connection with our service offerings which we either purchase or lease from third-party vendors. We are generally able to select from a number of competing hardware and software applications, but the complexity and unique specifications of the hardware or software makes design defects and software errors difficult to detect. Any errors or defects in third-party hardware or software incorporated into our service offerings, may result in a delay or loss of revenue, diversion of resources, damage to our reputation, the loss of the affected customer, loss of future business, increased service costs or potential litigation claims against us. Further, this hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services, which could negatively affect our business until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated. In addition, it is possible that our hardware vendors or the licensors of third-party software could increase the prices they charge, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Further, changing hardware vendors or software licensors could detract from management’s ability to focus on the ongoing operations of our business or could cause delays in the operations of our business. Some of the work we do involves greater risks than other types of claims processing or document management engagements. We provide certain business process solutions for customers that, for financial, legal or other reasons, may present higher risks compared to other types of claims processing or document management engagements. Examples of higher risk engagements include, but are not limited to: ● class action and other legal distributions involving significant sums of money; ● economic analysis and expert testimony in high stakes legal matters; and ● engagements where we receive or process sensitive data, including personal consumer or private health information. While we attempt to identify higher risk engagements and customers and mitigate our exposure by taking certain preventive measures and, where necessary, turning down certain engagements, these efforts may be ineffective and an actual or alleged error or omission on our part, the part of our customer or other third parties or possible fraudulent activity in one or more of these higher-risk engagements could result in the diversion of management resources, damage to our reputation, increased service costs or impaired market acceptance of our services, any of which could negatively impact our business and our financial condition. 29 Table of Contents Our business could be materially and adversely affected if we do not protect our intellectual property or if our services are found to infringe on the intellectual property of others. Our success depends in part on certain methodologies and practices we utilize in developing and implementing applications and other proprietary intellectual property rights. In order to protect such rights, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements, as well as trade secret, copyright, trademark and patent laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers and potential customers and limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. There can be no assurance that the laws, rules, regulations and treaties in effect in the U.S., India and the other jurisdictions in which we operate and the contractual and other protective measures we take are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual property, or that such laws will not change. There can be no assurance that the resources invested by us to protect our intellectual property will be sufficient or that our intellectual property portfolio will adequately deter misappropriation or improper use of our technology, and our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing or selling products and services similar to or duplicative of ours. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our rights, and any such steps may be costly and unsuccessful. Infringement by others of our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We could also face competition in some countries where we have not invested in an intellectual property portfolio. If we are not able to protect our intellectual property, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, and our business may be adversely affected. Further, although we believe that we are not infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, claims may nonetheless be successfully asserted against us in the future, and we may be the target of enforcement of patents or other intellectual property by third parties, including aggressive and opportunistic enforcement claims by non-practicing entities. Regardless of the merit of such claims, responding to infringement claims can be expensive and time-consuming. If we are found to infringe any third-party rights, we could be required to pay substantial damages or we could be enjoined from offering some of our products and services. The costs of defending any such claims could be significant, and any successful claim may require us to modify our services. The value of, or our ability to use, our intellectual property may also be negatively impacted by dependencies on third parties, such as our ability to obtain or renew on reasonable terms licenses that we need in the future, or our ability to secure or retain ownership or rights to use data in certain software analytics or services offerings. Any such circumstances may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We generate a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of customers, and any loss of business from these customers could materially reduce our revenues. We have derived, and believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of customers. While we have no one customer that accounts for more than 10% of our revenue, for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 26% of our revenues. Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major customers is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, the volume of work performed for a specific customer is likely to vary from year to year. A major customer in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year and there can be no assurance that any customer will extend or renew its contract with us. The business process solutions we provide to our customers, and the revenues and net income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide change over time. Furthermore, our reliance on any individual customer for a significant portion of our revenues may give that customer a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service. In addition, a number of factors other than our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a customer, and these factors are not predictable. For example, a customer may decide to reduce spending on business process solutions from us due to a challenging economic environment or other factors, both internal and external, relating to our business. These factors may include corporate restructuring, pricing pressure, changes to our outsourcing strategy, switching to another BPO provider or returning work in-house or other changes in a customer’s prospects or profitability. The risk of customer loss may be heightened as a result of recent economic volatility due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The loss of any of our major customers, or a significant decrease in the volume of work they give 30 Table of Contents to us or the price at which we are able to provide our services to them, could materially adversely affect our revenues and thus our results of operations. Our revenues are highly dependent on a limited number of industries, and any decrease in demand for business process solutions in these industries could reduce our revenues and adversely affect the results of operations. A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from three specific industry based segments: ITPS, HS, and LLPS. Customers in ITPS accounted for 77.8 and 79.0% of our revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Customers in HS accounted for 16.9% and 16.4% of our revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Customers in LLPS accounted for 5.3% and 4.6% of our revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our success largely depends on continued demand for our services from customers in these segments, and a downturn or reversal of the demand for business process solutions in any of these segments, or the introduction of regulations that restrict or discourage companies from engaging our services, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, consolidation in any of these industries or combinations or mergers, particularly involving our customers, may decrease the potential number of customers for our services. We have been affected by the worsening of economic conditions and significant consolidation in the financial services industry and continuation of this trend may negatively affect our revenues and profitability. The COVID-19 pandemic, may lead to further increased consolidation in the financial services industry as larger, better capitalized competitors will be in a stronger position to withstand prolonged periods of economic downturn and sustain their business through the financial volatility. We derive significant revenue and profit from commercial and government contracts awarded through competitive bidding processes, including renewals, which can impose substantial costs on us, and we will not achieve revenue and profit objectives if we fail to accurately and effectively bid on such projects. Many of these contracts are extremely complex and require the investment of significant resources in order to prepare accurate bids and proposals. Competitive bidding imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks, including: (i) the substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may or may not be awarded to us; (ii) the need to estimate accurately the resources and costs that will be required to implement and service any contracts we are awarded, sometimes in advance of the final determination of their full scope and design; (iii) the expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest or challenge awards made to us pursuant to competitive bidding and the risk that such protests or challenges could result in the requirement to resubmit bids and in the termination, reduction or modification of the awarded contracts; and (iv) the opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we might otherwise pursue. If our competitors protest or challenge an award made to us on a government contract, the costs to defend such an award may be significant and could involve subsequent litigation that could take years to resolve. Our profitability is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our services and to improve our cost structure. Our success depends on our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our services. Depending on competitive market factors, future prices we obtain for our services may decline from previous levels. If we are unable to obtain adequate pricing for our services, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our contracts are increasingly requiring tighter timelines for implementation as well as more stringent service level metrics. This makes the bidding process for new contracts much more difficult and requires us to adequately consider these requirements in the pricing of our services. We regularly review our operations with a view towards reducing our cost structure, including, without limitation, reducing our employee base, exiting certain businesses, improving process and system efficiencies and outsourcing some internal functions. We, from time to time, engage in restructuring actions to reduce our cost structure. If we are unable to continue to maintain our cost base at or below the current level and maintain process and systems changes resulting from prior restructuring actions or to realize the expected cost reductions in the ongoing strategic transformation program, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, in order to meet the service requirements of our customers, which often includes 24/7 service, and to optimize our employee cost base, including our back-office support, we often locate our delivery service and back-office support 31 Table of Contents centers in lower-cost locations, including several developing countries. Concentrating our centers in these locations presents a number of operational risks, many of which are beyond our control, including the risks of political instability, natural disasters, safety and security risks, labor disruptions, excessive employee turnover and rising labor rates. Additionally, a change in the political environment in the U.S. or the adoption and enforcement of legislation and regulations curbing the use of such centers outside of the U.S. could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. These risks could impair our ability to effectively provide services to our customers and keep our costs aligned to our associated revenues and market requirements. Our ability to sustain and improve profit margins is dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to continue to improve the cost efficiency of our operations through such programs as robotic process automation, to absorb the level of pricing pressures on our services through cost improvements and to successfully complete information technology initiatives. If any of these factors adversely materialize or if we are unable to achieve and maintain productivity improvements through restructuring actions or information technology initiatives, our ability to offset labor cost inflation and competitive price pressures would be impaired, each of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to regular customer and third-party security reviews and failure to pass these may have an adverse impact on our operations. Many of our customer contracts require that we maintain certain physical and/or information security standards, and, in certain cases, we permit a customer to audit our compliance with these contractual standards. Any failure to meet such standards or pass such audits may have a material adverse impact on our business. Further, customers from time to time may require stricter physical and/or information security than they negotiated in their contracts, and may condition continued volumes and business on the satisfaction of such additional requirements. Some of these requirements may be expensive to implement or maintain, and may not be factored into our contract pricing. Further, on an annual basis we obtain third-party audits of certain of our locations in accordance with Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 16 (SSAE 16) put forth by the Auditing Standards Board (ASB) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA). SSAE 16 is the current standard for reporting on controls at service organizations, and many of our customers expect that we will perform an annual SSAE 16 audit, and report to them the results. Negative findings in such an audit and/or the failure to adequately remediate in a timely fashion such negative findings may cause customers to terminate their contracts or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operation and financial condition. Currency fluctuations among the Euro, British Pound, Swedish Krona, Indian rupee, the Philippine Peso, the Mexican Peso, the Canadian Dollar, the Chinese Yuan and the U.S. Dollar could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The functional currencies of our businesses outside of the U.S. are the local currencies. Changes in exchange rates between these foreign currencies and the U.S. Dollar will affect the recorded levels of our assets, liabilities, net sales, cost of goods sold and operating margins and could result in exchange gains or losses. The primary foreign currencies to which we have exposure are the European Union Euro, Swedish Krona, British Pound Sterling, Canadian Dollar and Indian rupees. Exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. Dollar in recent years have fluctuated significantly and may do so in the future. Our operating results and profitability may be affected by any volatility in currency exchange rates and our ability to manage effectively currency transaction and translation risks. To the extent the U.S. Dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, our foreign revenues and profits will be reduced when translated into U.S. Dollars. Although the vast majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, a significant portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in Euros, British Pound Sterling, Swedish Krona, Indian rupees, and to a lesser extent in other currencies, including the Philippine Peso, the Mexican Peso, the Canadian dollar and the Chinese Yuan. We report our financial results in U.S. Dollars. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. Dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if such fluctuations continue, or increase, or other currencies fluctuate significantly against the U.S. Dollar. 32 Table of Contents Further, although we do not currently take steps to hedge our foreign currency exposures, should we choose in the future to implement a hedging strategy, there can be no assurance that our hedging strategy will be successful. Fluctuations in the costs of paper, ink, energy, by-products and other raw materials may adversely impact the results of our operations. Purchases of paper, ink, energy and other raw materials represent a large portion of our costs. Increases in the costs of these inputs may increase our costs and we may not be able to pass these costs on to customers through higher prices. In addition, we may not be able to resell waste paper and other print-related by-products or may be adversely impacted by decreases in the prices for these by- products. Increases in the cost of materials may adversely impact customers’ demand for our printing and printing-related services. Sales tax laws in the U.S. may change resulting in service providers having to collect sales taxes in states where the current laws do not require us to do so. This could result in substantial tax liabilities. Our U.S. subsidiaries collect and remit sales tax in states in which the subsidiaries have physical presence or in which we believe sufficient nexus exists which obligates us to collect sales tax. Other states may, from time to time, claim that we have state- related activities constituting physical nexus to require such collection. Additionally, many other states seek to impose sales tax collection or reporting obligations on companies that sell goods to customers in their state, or directly to the state and its political subdivisions, regardless of physical presence. Such efforts by states have increased recently, as states seek to raise revenues without increasing the income tax burden on residents. We cannot predict whether the nature or level of contacts we have with a particular state will be deemed enough to require us to collect sales tax in that state nor can we be assured that Congress or individual states will not approve legislation authorizing states to impose tax collection or reporting obligations on our activities. A successful assertion by one or more states that we should collect sales tax could result in substantial tax liabilities related to past sales and would result in considerable administrative burdens and costs for us. We are subject to laws of the United States and foreign jurisdictions relating to processing certain financial transactions, including payment card transactions and debit or credit card transactions, and failure to comply with those laws could subject us to legal actions and materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We process, support and execute financial transactions, and disburse funds, on behalf of both government and commercial customers, often in partnership with financial institutions. This activity includes receiving debit and credit card information, processing payments for and due to our customers and disbursing funds on payment or debit cards to payees of our customers. As a result, the transactions we process may be subject to numerous United States (both federal and state) and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations, including the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, as amended, the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), as amended, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as amended, and the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, as amended. Other United States (both federal and state) and foreign jurisdiction laws apply to our processing of certain financial transactions and related support services. These laws are subject to frequent changes, and new statutes and regulations in this area may be enacted at any time. Changes to existing laws, the introduction of new laws in this area or failure to comply with existing laws that are applicable to us may subject us to, among other things, additional costs or changes to our business practices, liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process and support financial transactions and allegations by our customers, partners and clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Any of these could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. The Reverse Stock Split may decrease the liquidity of the shares of our Common Stock and the resulting market price of our Common Stock may not attract or satisfy the investing requirements of new investors, including institutional investors. Effective January 25, 2021, we completed the Reverse Stock Split. The effect of the Reverse Stock Split upon the future market price of our Common Stock cannot be predicted with certainty. The liquidity of the shares 33 Table of Contents of our Common Stock may also be affected adversely by the Reverse Stock Split given the reduced number of shares outstanding following the Reverse Stock Split. Additionally, the Reverse Stock Split may increase the number of shareholders who own odd lots (less than 100 shares) of our Common Stock, creating the potential for such shareholders to experience an increase in the cost of selling their shares and greater difficulty effecting such sales. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the Reverse Stock Split will result in a share price that will attract new investors, including institutional investors, and there can be no assurance that the market price of our Common Stock will satisfy the investing requirements of these investors. Consequently, the trading liquidity of our Common Stock may not necessarily improve as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. General Risk Factors Our results of operations could in the future be materially adversely impacted by the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) or similar public health events. Our results of operations could in the future be materially adversely impacted by the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) or similar public heath events. While we remain hopeful that the effects of the coronavirus pandemic on our world and our business will subside with the continuing roll out of vaccines, we continue to have two priorities: the safety and wellbeing of our employees and their families, and maintaining our ability to provide services to our customers in these unprecedented times. The global spread of the coronavirus (COVID-19) has created significant volatility and uncertainty and economic disruption. The extent to which the coronavirus pandemic will continue to impact our business, operations and financial results will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; the impact of the pandemic on economic activity and actions taken in response; the effect on our customers and customer demand for our services and solutions; our ability to sell and provide our services and solutions, including as a result of travel restrictions and people working from home; the ability of our customers to pay for our services and solutions; and any closures of our and our customers' offices and facilities. The spread of the coronavirus has caused us to modify our business practices (including employee travel, employee work locations, and cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events and conferences), and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by economic and political conditions, creating complex risks, many of which are beyond our control. Our business depends on the continued demand for our services, and if current global economic conditions worsen, our business could be adversely affected by our customers’ financial condition and level of business activity. Along with our customers we are subject to global political, economic and market conditions, including inflation, interest rates, energy costs, the impact of natural disasters, disease, military action and the threat of terrorism. In particular, we currently derive, and are likely to continue to derive, a significant portion of revenues from customers located in North America and EMEA. Any future decreases in the general level of economic activity in these markets, such as decreases in business and consumer spending and increases in unemployment rates as we experienced as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could result in a decrease in demand for our services, thus reducing our revenue. For example, certain customers may decide to reduce or postpone their spending on the services we provide, and we may be forced to lower our prices. Other developments in response to economic events, such as consolidations, restructurings or reorganizations, particularly involving our customers, could also cause the demand for our services to decline, negatively affecting the amount of business that we are able to obtain or retain. We may not be able to predict the impact such conditions will have on the industries we serve and may be unable to plan effectively for or respond to such impact. In response to economic and market conditions, from time to time we have undertaken or may undertake initiatives to reduce our cost structure where appropriate, such as consolidation of resources to provide functional region-wide support to our international subsidiaries in a centralized fashion. These initiatives, as well as any future workforce and facilities reductions we may implement, may not be sufficient to meet current and future changes in economic and market conditions and allow us to continue to achieve the growth rates expected. In addition, costs actually incurred in connection with certain restructuring actions may be higher than our estimates of such costs and/or may not lead to the anticipated cost savings. 34 Table of Contents In addition, any future disruptions or turbulence in the global credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. Such disruptions may limit our ability to access financing, increase the cost of financing needed to meet liquidity needs and affect the ability of our customers to use credit to purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. Cybersecurity issues, vulnerabilities, and criminal activity resulting in a data or security breach could result in risks to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services resulting in liability or reputational damage. We collect and retain large volumes of internal and customer data, including personally identifiable information and other sensitive data both physically and electronically, for business purposes, and our various information technology systems enter, process, summarize and report such data. We also maintain personally identifiable information about our employees. Safeguarding customer, employee and our own data is a key priority for us, and our customers and employees have come to rely on us for the protection of their personal information. Augmented vulnerabilities, threats and more sophisticated and targeted cyber-related attacks pose a risk to our security and the security of our customers, partners, suppliers and third-party service providers, and to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of data owned by us or our customers. Despite our efforts to protect sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, we may be vulnerable to material security breaches, theft, misplaced or lost data, programming errors, employee errors and/or malfeasance that could potentially lead to the compromise of sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, improper use of our systems, software solutions or networks, unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of information, defective products, production downtimes and operational disruptions. Despite protective measures, we may not be successful in preventing security breaches which compromise the confidentiality and integrity of this data. While an attempt is made to mitigate these risks by employing a number of measures, including employee training, monitoring and testing, and maintenance of protective systems and contingency plans, we remain vulnerable to such threats. The risk of such threats may be heightened as a result of the extended period of remote work arrangements occasioned by the COVID-19 pandemic. The sensitive, confidential or personal data or information that we have access to is also subject to privacy and security laws, regulations or customer-imposed controls. The regulatory environment, as well as the requirements imposed on us by the industries we serve governing information, security and privacy laws is increasingly demanding. Maintaining compliance with applicable security and privacy regulations may increase our operating costs and/or adversely impact our ability to provide services to our customers. Furthermore, a compromised data system or the intentional, inadvertent or negligent release or disclosure of data could result in theft, loss, fraudulent or unlawful use of customer, employee or our data which could harm our reputation or result in remedial and other costs, fines or lawsuits. In addition, a cyber-related attack could result in other negative consequences, including damage to our reputation or competitiveness, remediation or increased protection costs, litigation or regulatory action. Fraud, employee negligence, and unauthorized access, including, malfunctions, viruses and other events beyond our control, may lead to the misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential information we process, store and transmit, including personal information, for our customers, failure to prevent or mitigate data loss or other security breaches, including breaches of our vendors’ technology and systems, could expose us or our customers to a risk of loss or misuse of such information, adversely affect our operating results, result in litigation or potential liability for us and otherwise harm our business. As a result, we may be subject to monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions or fines under federal legislation, such as, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and HIPAA, as well as various states’ laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020 or under the GDPR in Europe. Similarly, regulations such as the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 expand the obligations of “covered entities” and their business associates, including certain mandatory breach notification requirements. In addition to any legal liability, data or security breaches may lead to negative publicity, reputational damage and otherwise adversely affect the results of our operations. 35 Table of Contents Our industry may be adversely impacted by a negative public reaction in the U.S. and elsewhere to providing certain of our services from outside the U.S. and related legislation. We have based our strategy of future growth on certain assumptions regarding our industry and future demand in the market for the provision of business process solutions in part using offshore resources. However, providing services from offshore locations is a politically sensitive topic in the U.S. and elsewhere, and many organizations and public figures have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore service providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries. In addition, there has been some publicity about the negative experience of certain companies that provide their services offshore, particularly in India. The trend of providing business process solutions offshore may not continue and could reverse if companies elect to develop and perform their business processes internally or are discouraged from transferring these services to offshore service providers. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends could negatively affect the amount of business that we are able to obtain or retain. and could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired. As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting- related costs and significant management oversight. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of management evaluations of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required to include in our periodic reports that we file with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Common Stock. In addition, if we are unable to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 and based on its assessment, our management, including our CEO and CFO, has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020 due to material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating results and cause a decline in the price of our Common Stock. Internal control matters are more fully discussed in Part II—Item 9A—Controls and Procedures of this Annual Report. 36 Table of Contents If we are unable to attract, train and retain skilled professionals, including highly skilled technical personnel to satisfy customer demand and senior management to lead our business globally, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. Our success is dependent, in large part, on our ability to keep our supply of skilled professionals, including project managers, IT engineers and senior technical personnel, in balance with customer demand around the world and on our ability to attract and retain senior management with the knowledge and skills to lead our business globally. Each year, we must hire several hundred new professionals and retrain, retain, and motivate our workforce across the globe. Competition for skilled labor is intense and, in some jurisdictions in which we operate, there are more jobs for certain professionals than qualified persons to fill these jobs. Costs associated with recruiting and training professionals can be significant. If we are unable to hire or deploy employees with the needed skillsets or if we are unable to adequately equip our employees with the skills needed, this could materially adversely affect our business. Additionally, if we are unable to maintain an employee environment that is competitive and contemporary, it could have an adverse effect on engagement and retention, which may materially adversely affect our business. If more stringent labor laws become applicable to us or if a significant number of our employees unionize, our profitability may be adversely affected. Increased labor costs due to competition, increased minimum wage or employee benefits costs (including various federal, state and local actions to increase minimum wages), unionization activity or other factors would adversely impact our cost of sales and operating expenses. For example, as minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase not only the wages of our minimum wage employees but also the wages paid to employees at wage rates that are above minimum wage. As a result, we anticipate that our labor costs will continue to increase. We are also subject to applicable rules and regulations relating to our relationship with our employees, including minimum wage and break requirements, health benefits, unemployment and sales taxes, overtime, and working conditions and immigration status. Legislated increases in the minimum wage and increases in additional labor cost components, such as employee benefit costs, workers’ compensation insurance rates, compliance costs and fines, as well as the cost of litigation in connection with these regulations, would increase our labor costs. Should our employees become represented by unions, we would be obligated to bargain with those unions with respect to wages, hours, and other terms and conditions of employment, which could increase our labor costs. Moreover, as part of the process of union organizing and collective bargaining, strikes and other work stoppages may occur, which could cause disruption to our business. In addition, many employers have been subject to actions brought by governmental agencies and private individuals under wage-hour laws on a variety of claims, such as improper classification of workers as exempt from overtime pay requirements and failure to pay overtime wages or record breaks properly, with such actions sometimes brought as class actions or under “private attorney general” statutes. These actions can result in material liabilities and expenses. Should we be subject to employment litigation, such as actions involving wage-hour, overtime, break, and working time, we may distract our management from business matters and result in increased labor costs. If costs of labor increase significantly, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected. New, more stringent privacy and data security regulations may have a negative impact on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns could result in expenses and liability, and adverse impact on us. Moreover, international privacy and data security regulations may become more complex and have greater consequences. For instance, as of May 25, 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, has replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the collection and use of personal data of data subjects in the EU. The GDPR applies extra territorially and imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data, other special categories of personal data and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of personal data, including genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause our costs could increase, and harm our business and financial condition. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU Member States may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% 37 Table of Contents of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. Similar to the GDPR, the CCPA, which became effective January 1, 2020, grants California residents with several new rights relating to their personal information. The CCPA applies to businesses that conduct business in California and satisfies one of three financial conditions, including a business that has a gross revenue greater than $25 million. The CCPA sets forth several data protection obligations for applicable businesses, including, but not limited to the obligations to inform a consumer, at or before collection, of the purpose and intended use of the collection; and to delete a consumer’s personal information upon request. As for penalties and fines, the CCPA establishes a private right of action for serious data breaches, which allows consumers the right to seek damages. The CCPA also allows the California Attorney General to bring actions against non-compliant businesses with fines of $2,500 per violation or, if intentional, up to $7,500 per violation. Any future failure by us to comply with the GDPR and/or CCPA could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Further, as the GDPR and CCPA have recently come into effect, enforcement priorities and interpretation of certain provisions are still unclear. Industry groups also impose self-regulatory standards that bind us by their incorporation into the contracts we execute. For example, should we fail to be compliant with the PCIDSS we may be subject to fines and other penalties. Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, economic and trade sanctions, regulations, and similar laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences. We operate internationally, and we are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations, including the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and other laws that prohibit the making or offering of improper payments to foreign government officials and political figures, including anti-bribery provisions enforced by the Department of Justice and accounting provisions enforced by the SEC. These laws prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by the U.S. and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have implemented policies to identify and address potentially impermissible transactions under such laws and regulations; however, there can be no assurance that all of our and our subsidiaries’ employees, consultants, and agents, including those that may be based in or from countries where practices that violate U.S. or other laws may be customary, will not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately responsible. We are also subject to certain economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, which prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers, and terrorists or terrorist organizations. Our subsidiaries may be subject to additional foreign or local sanctions requirements in other relevant jurisdictions. Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations. We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. 38 Table of Contents ITEM 2. PROPERTIES We lease and own numerous facilities worldwide with larger concentrations of space in Texas, Michigan, Connecticut, California, India, Mexico, the Philippines, and China. The size of our active property portfolio as of December 31, 2020 was approximately 3.9 million square feet (sq. ft.) comprised of 143 leased properties and 9 owned properties, including offices, sales offices, service locations, and production facilities. Many of our operating facilities are equipped with fiber connectivity and have access to other power sources. Substantially all of our operations facilities are leased under long term leases with varying expiration dates, except for the following owned locations: (i) two operations facilities in India with a combined building area of approximately 78,000 sq. ft., respectively, (ii) an operating facility in Georgiana, Alabama with an approximate building area of 20,000 sq. ft., (iii) an operating facility in Tallahassee, Florida consisting of four buildings with a combined building area of approximately 21,000 sq. ft., (iv) an operating facility in Troy, Michigan that will serve as the Company’s primary data center with an approximate building area of 66,000 sq. ft. (v) an operating facility in Egham, England with an approximate building area of 11,000 sq. ft., and (vi) an innovation center in New York, NY with an approximate building area of 2,200 sq. ft. We also maintain an operating presence at approximately 900 customer sites. Our properties are suitable to deliver services to our customers for each of our business segments. Our management believes that all of our properties and facilities are well maintained. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Appraisal Action On September 21, 2017, former stockholders of SourceHOV, who owned 10,304 shares of SourceHOV common stock, filed an Appraisal Action. The Appraisal Action arose out of a preliminary transaction in connection with the Novitex Business Combination, and the petitioners sought, among other things, a determination of the fair value of their shares at the time of the Novitex Business Combination; an order that SourceHOV pay that value to the petitioners, together with interest at the statutory rate; and an award of costs, attorneys’ fees, and other expenses. During the trial the parties and their experts offered competing valuations of the SourceHOV shares as of the date of the Novitex Business Combination. SourceHOV argued the value was no more than $1,633.85 per share and the appraisal petitioners argued the value was at least $5,079.28 per share. On January 30, 2020, the Court issued its post-trial Memorandum Opinion in the Appraisal Action, in which it found that the fair value of SourceHOV as of the date of the Novitex Business Combination was $4,591 per share, and on March 26, 2020, the Court issued its final order awarding the petitioners $57,698,426 inclusive of costs and interest. Per the Court’s opinion, the legal rate of interest, compounded quarterly, accrues on the per share value from the July 2017 closing date of the Novitex Business Combination until the date of payment to petitioners. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has accrued a liability of $60.7 million for the Appraisal Action based on management’s best estimate of SourceHOV’s total payment obligation including accrued interest as of such date. SourceHOV appealed the judgment in the Appraisal Action on June 30, 2020. On January 22, 2021, the Delaware Supreme Court affirmed the judgment of the Delaware Court of Chancery in favor of the petitioners. To date, SourceHOV has not paid the judgment in the Appraisal Action, and the petitioners have not been successful in their attempts to collect on the judgment against SourceHOV. The appraisal petitioners have filed additional actions to recognize the judgment against SourceHOV, an action alleging unjust enrichment and seeking restitution and to pierce the corporate veil and seek alter ego liability against Exela Technologies, Inc. and over 50 alleged subsidiaries and/or affiliates in an attempt to collect the award in the Appraisal Action from entities other than SourceHOV, and an action against SourceHOV and certain of its directors and officers alleging creditor derivative claims relating to the Company’s securitization facilities. In early February 2021, petitioners also filed a motion for a preliminary injunction in the derivative action in which they seek a court order freezing certain property and prohibiting certain transfers and payments by Exela subsidiaries other that SourceHOV, including preventing them from paying their creditors unless the payments are made equally among Exela’s other creditors and toward the Appraisal Action liability. Although the Company believes that it has valid defenses to these ancillary proceedings and has moved to dismiss them, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful. 39 Table of Contents Based on the status of the ancillary proceedings, the Company believes that this matter may not be fully resolved through the courts within the next four fiscal quarters. Class Action On March 23, 2020, the Plaintiff, Bo Shen, filed a putative class action against the Company, Ronald Cogburn, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and James Reynolds, the Company’s former Chief Financial Officer. Plaintiff claims to be a current holder of 1,333 shares of Company stock, purchased on October 4, 2019 at $4.02/share. Plaintiff asserts two claims covering the purported class period of March 16, 2018 to March 16, 2020: (1) a violation of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act against all defendants; and (2) a violation of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against Mr. Cogburn and Mr. Reynolds. The allegations stem from the Company’s press release, dated March 16, 2020 (announcing the postponement of the earnings call and delay in filing of its annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019), and press release and related SEC filings, dated March 17, 2020 (announcing its intent to restate its financial statements for 2017, 2018 and interim periods through September 30, 2019). At this early stage in the litigation, it is not practicable to render an opinion about whether an unfavorable outcome is probable or remote with respect to this matter; however, the Company has moved to dismiss the case and believes it has meritorious defenses and will vigorously assert them. Derivative Action On July 8, 2020 Plaintiff Gregory McKenna filed a shareholder derivative action asserting the following claims against current and former directors and officers of Exela: (1) Violations of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; (2) Violations of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act; (3) Violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act; (4) breach of fiduciary duty; (5) unjust enrichment; and (6) waste of corporate assets. On December 21, 2020, Plaintiffs Richard W. Moser and Jonathan Gonzalez filed a substantially similar shareholder derivative action, which has been consolidated with the McKenna action. The claims stem from substantially the same factual allegations set forth in the Shen securities class action lawsuit, described above. At this time, it is not practicable to render an opinion about whether an unfavorable outcome is probable or remote with respect to this matter; however, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and will vigorously assert them. Other We are, from time to time, involved in other legal proceedings, inquiries, claims and disputes, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although our management cannot predict the outcomes of these matters, our management believes these actions will not have a material, adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable 40 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information Our Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq under the symbol “XELA.” Set forth below is the high and low sales price of our Common Stock during the periods presented. Prices are reported on a “last sale” basis. The prices have been adjusted to reflect a one share-for-three shares reverse stock split which became effective on January 25, 2021: Year Ended December 31, 2020 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Year Ended December 31, 2019 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Sales Price High Low $ $ $ $ 1.95 2.28 2.61 1.62 4.89 9.60 12.00 14.04 1.02 0.99 0.36 0.27 0.81 3.27 4.95 9.36 In order for us to maintain the listing of our shares of Common Stock on the Nasdaq, our Common Stock must maintain a minimum bid price of $1.00 as set forth in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2). (the “Minimum Price Requirement”). If the closing bid price of our Common Stock is below $1.00 for 30 consecutive trading days, then the closing bid price of the Common Stock must be $1.00 or more for 10 consecutive trading days during a 180-day grace period to regain compliance with the rule. Previously, we were not in compliance with the Minimum Price Requirement but regained compliance following the Reverse Stock Split. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to remain in compliance with the Minimum Price Requirement in the future or satisfy other continued listing requirements. If our Common Stock is delisted from trading on the Nasdaq, it may be eligible for trading over-the-counter, but the delisting of our Common Stock from the Nasdaq could adversely impact the liquidity and value of our Common Stock. On March 15, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with institutional investors for the purchase and sale of 9,731,819 shares of Common Stock at a price of $2.75 per share and warrants to purchase 9,731,819 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. The offering closed on March 18, 2021. Stockholders As of March 18, 2021 we had 66 record holders of our Common Stock. Dividends We have not paid any cash dividends on shares of our Common Stock. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, capital requirements, general financial condition, and is within the discretion of our board of directors. 41 Table of Contents Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020, with respect to the shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans. Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders Total Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options and RSUs Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans(1) 1,662,155 — 1,662,155 11.89 — 11.89 794,885 — 794,885 (1) The Company currently maintains the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, which was approved by our board of directors on December 19, 2017 and subsequently approved by a majority of our stockholders by written consent on December 20, 2017. The 2018 Stock Incentive Plan became effective on January 17, 2018 and there were originally 2,774,589 shares of our Common Stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. Sale of Unregistered Securities There were no unregistered sales of equity securities in 2020 that have not been previously reported in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Current Report on Form 8-K. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities The table below sets forth information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of us or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of shares of our Common Stock during the period of November 8, 2017 through the year ended December 31, 2020: Period Year Ended December 31, 2017 Fourth Quarter Year Ended December 31, 2018 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter Year Ended December 31, 2019 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs(1) Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(1) 16,433 $ 14.91 16,433 1,650,233 — 256,231 75,168 501,896 — 79,321 — 929,049 — 14.57 14.89 10.76 — 7.53 — 11.68 $ 16,433 272,664 347,832 849,728 849,728 929,049 929,049 929,049 1,650,233 1,394,002 1,318,834 816,938 816,938 737,618 737,618 (1) On November 8, 2017, the Company’s board of directors authorized a share buyback program (the “Share Buyback Program”), pursuant to which the Company was authorized to purchase up to 1,666,667 shares of its Common Stock 42 Table of Contents through various means, including, open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The Share Buyback Program has expired. As of December 31, 2020, we had repurchased 929,049 shares of Common Stock under the Share Buyback Program. The Company records treasury stock using the cost method. Reverse Stock Split On January 25, 2021, we effected a one-for-three reverse split of our issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock. At the effective time of the reverse split, every three (3) shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding were automatically combined into one (1) share of issued and outstanding Common Stock, without any change in the par value per share. Our Common Stock began trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market on a Reverse Stock Split-adjusted basis on January 26, 2021. There was no change in our ticker symbol as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report in order to fully understand factors that may affect the comparability of the financial data. The following selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and selected Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are derived from our audited financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. The historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period. (in thousands, except share and per share data) Statements of Operations Information: Revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Operating (loss) income Other expense (income), net: Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense (income), net Other expense (income), net Net loss before income taxes Income tax (expense) benefit Net loss Dividend equivalent on Series A Preferred Stock related to beneficial conversion feature Cumulative dividends for Series A Preferred Stock Net loss attributable to common stockholders Loss per share: Basic Diluted Weighted average number of shares outstanding (1): Basic Diluted 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 2016 $ 1,292,562 1,023,544 $ 1,562,337 1,224,735 $ 1,586,222 1,213,403 $ 1,145,891 827,544 $ 186,104 93,953 — 5,381 (16,420) 173,878 9,589 (153) (34,788) (164,946) (13,584) (178,530) — (1,309) (179,839) (3.66) (3.66) 198,864 100,903 349,557 9,501 (321,223) 163,449 1,404 969 14,429 (501,474) (7,642) (509,116) — (3,309) (512,425) (10.55) (10.55) 184,908 138,077 48,127 12,403 (10,696) 155,991 1,067 (3,271) (3,030) (161,453) (8,353) (169,806) — (3,655) (173,461) (3.52) (3.52) 220,955 98,890 69,437 33,431 (104,366) 129,676 35,512 2,295 (1,297) (270,552) 61,068 (209,484) (16,375) (2,489) (228,348) (6.53) (6.53) 789,926 519,121 130,437 79,639 — 10,493 50,236 109,414 — 712 — (59,890) 11,787 (48,103) — — (48,103) (2.25) (2.25) 49,144,429 49,144,429 48,572,979 48,572,979 49,257,696 49,257,696 34,971,461 34,971,461 21,341,519 21,341,519 (1) Excluding in each case the 1,523,578 shares returned to the Company in the first quarter of 2020 in connection with the Appraisal Action, which were treated as outstanding until they were returned to the Company. 43 Table of Contents (in thousands) Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts Working capital Total Assets Long‑term debt, net of current maturities Total liabilities Total stockholders’ deficit 2020 2019 As of December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ 68,221 206,868 (131,446) 1,157,779 1,498,004 2,084,311 (926,532) $ 6,198 261,400 (147,056) 1,258,324 1,398,385 2,001,365 (743,041) 36,206 270,812 (123,502) 1,627,823 1,306,423 1,869,082 (241,259) $ 39,000 229,704 (68,634) 1,717,232 1,276,094 1,769,029 (51,797) $ 8,361 138,421 (41,404) 969,486 983,502 1,309,387 (339,901) ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Forward Looking Statements The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with a review of the other Items included in this Annual Report and our December 31, 2020 Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. Certain statements contained in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Overview We are a global provider of transaction processing solutions, enterprise information management, document management and digital business process services. Our technology-enabled solutions allow global organizations to address critical challenges resulting from the massive amounts of data obtained and created through their daily operations. Our solutions address the life cycle of transaction processing and enterprise information management, from enabling payment gateways and data exchanges across multiple systems, to matching inputs against contracts and handling exceptions, to ultimately depositing payments and distributing communications. We believe our process expertise, information technology capabilities and operational insights enable our customers’ organizations to more efficiently and effectively execute transactions, make decisions, drive revenue and profitability, and communicate critical information to their employees, customers, partners, and vendors. History We are a former special purpose acquisition company that completed our initial public offering on January 22, 2015. In July 2017, Exela Technologies, Inc. (“Exela”), formerly known as Quinpario Acquisition Corp. 2 (“Quinpario”), completed its acquisition of SourceHOV Holdings, Inc. (“SourceHOV”) and Novitex Holdings, Inc. (“Novitex”) pursuant to the business combination agreement dated February 21, 2017 (“Novitex Business Combination”). In conjunction with the completion of the Novitex Business Combination, Quinpario was renamed Exela Technologies, Inc. The Novitex Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse merger for which SourceHOV was determined to be the accounting acquirer. Outstanding shares of SourceHOV were converted into our Common Stock, presented as a recapitalization, and the net assets of Quinpario were acquired at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The acquisition of Novitex was treated as a business combination under ASC 805 and was accounted for using the acquisition method. The strategic combination of SourceHOV and Novitex formed Exela, which is one of the largest global providers of information processing solutions based on revenues. 44 Table of Contents Our Segments Our three reportable segments are Information & Transaction Processing Solutions (“ITPS”), Healthcare Solutions (“HS”), and Legal & Loss Prevention Services (“LLPS”). These segments are comprised of significant strategic business units that align our TPS and EIM products and services with how we manage our business, approach our key markets and interact with our customers based on their respective industries. ITPS: Our largest segment, ITPS, provides a wide range of solutions and services designed to aid businesses in information capture, processing, decisioning and distribution to customers primarily in the financial services, commercial, public sector and legal industries. Our major customers include many leading banks, insurance companies, and utilities, as well as hundreds of federal, state and government entities. Our ITPS offerings enable companies to increase availability of working capital, reduce turnaround times for application processes, increase regulatory compliance and enhance consumer engagement. HS: HS operates and maintains a consulting and outsourcing business specializing in both the healthcare provider and payer markets. We serve the top healthcare insurance payers and hundreds of healthcare providers. LLPS: Our LLPS segment provides a broad and active array of support services in connection with class action, bankruptcy labor, claims adjudication and employment and other legal matters. Our customer base consists of corporate counsel, government attorneys, and law firms. Sale of Non-core Assets On March 16, 2020, the Company and its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, Merco Holdings, LLC and SourceHOV Tax, LLC entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC at which time Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of SourceHov Tax, LLC for $40.0 million subject to adjustment as set forth in the purchase agreement. On July 22, 2020, the Company completed the sale of its physical records storage and logistics business for a purchase price of $12.3 million. Acquisitions In April 2018 Exela completed the acquisition of Asterion International Group (“Asterion,” the “Asterion Business Combination”), a well-established provider of technology driven business process outsourcing, document management and business process automation across Europe. The acquisition was strategic to expanding Exela’s European business. Revenues ITPS revenues are primarily generated from a transaction-based pricing model for the various types of volumes processed, licensing and maintenance fees for technology sales, and a mix of fixed management fee and transactional revenue for document logistics and location services. HS revenues are primarily generated from a transaction-based pricing model for the various types of volumes processed for healthcare payers and providers. LLPS revenues are primarily based on time and materials pricing as well as through transactional services priced on a per item basis. People We draw on the business and technical expertise of our talented and diverse global workforce to provide our customers with high-quality services. Our business leaders bring a strong diversity of experience in our industry and a track record of successful performance and execution. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 19,000 employees globally, with 59% located in Americas and EMEA, and the remainder located primarily in India, the Philippines and China. 45 Table of Contents Costs associated with our employees represent the most significant expense for our business. We incurred personnel costs of $632.4 million, $721.9 million and $687.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The majority of our personnel costs are variable and are incurred only while we are providing our services. Facilities We lease and own numerous facilities worldwide with larger concentrations of space in Texas, Michigan, Connecticut, California, India, Mexico, the Philippines, and China. Our owned and leased facilities house general offices, sales offices, service locations, and production facilities. The size of our active property portfolio as of December 31, 2020 was approximately 3.9 million square feet and comprised of 143 leased properties and 9 owned properties. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate for our current businesses. Because of the interrelation of our business segments, each of the segments uses substantially all of these properties at least in part. Key Performance Indicators We use a variety of operational and financial measures to assess our performance. Among the measures considered by our management are the following: ● Revenue by segment; ● EBITDA; and ● Adjusted EBITDA. Revenue We analyze our revenue by comparing actual monthly revenue to internal projections and prior periods across our operating segments in order to assess performance, identify potential areas for improvement, and determine whether segments are meeting management’s expectations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA We view EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as important indicators of performance of our consolidated operations. We define EBITDA as net income, plus taxes, interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus optimization and restructuring charges, including severance and retention expenses; transaction and integration costs; other non-cash charges, including non-cash compensation, (gain) or loss from sale or disposal of assets, and impairment charges; and management fees and expenses. See “—Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP Financial Measures)” for more information and a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. 46 Table of Contents Results of Operations Year Ended December 31, 2020, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019 Revenue: ITPS HS LLPS Total revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization): ITPS HS LLPS Total cost of revenues Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Operating loss Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense (income), net Other expense (income), net Net loss before income taxes Income tax expense Net loss Revenue Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 1,005,043 219,047 68,472 1,292,562 815,013 159,917 48,614 1,023,544 186,104 93,953 — 5,381 (16,420) 173,878 9,589 (153) (34,788) (164,946) (13,584) (178,530) $ $ 1,234,284 256,721 71,332 1,562,337 1,001,655 180,045 43,035 1,224,735 198,864 100,903 349,557 9,501 (321,223) 163,449 1,404 969 14,429 (501,474) (7,642) (509,116) For the year ended December 31, 2020, our revenue decreased by $269.8 million, or 17.3%, to $1,292.6 million from $1,562.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We experienced revenue declines in all of our segments primarily due to lower transaction volumes since mid-March as a result of COVID-19. Our ITPS, HS, and LLPS segments constituted 77.8%, 16.9%, and 5.3% of total revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 79.0%, 16.4%, and 4.6%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The revenue changes by reporting segment were as follows: ITPS— For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue attributable to our ITPS segment decreased by $229.2 million, or 18.6% compared to the same period in the prior year. The majority of this revenue decline is attributable to exiting contracts and statements of work in late 2019 from certain customers with revenue that we believe was unpredictable, non-recurring and were not a strategic fit to Company’s long-term success or unlikely to achieve the Company’s long-term target margins (“transition revenue”) in addition to lower transaction volumes since mid-March as a result of COVID-19. HS— For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue attributable to our HS segment decreased by $37.7 million, or 14.7% compared to the same period in the prior year primarily due to impact of COVID-19 on our healthcare customers. LLPS— For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue attributable to our LLPS segment decreased by $2.9 million, or 4.0% compared to the same period in the prior year primarily due to a decline in legal claims administration services. 47 Table of Contents Cost of Revenue For the year ended December 31, 2020, our direct costs decreased by $201.2 million, or 16.4%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. In our ITPS and HS segments, the decrease was primarily attributable to the corresponding decline in revenues. Costs on ITPS segment decreased by $186.6 million, or 18.6%, and HS segment decreased by $20.1 million, or 11.2%. Costs on LLPS segment increased by $5.6 million, or 13.0%. The decrease in cost of revenues was primarily due to a decrease in employee-related costs of $103.1 million, lower travel costs of $4.4 million, lower infrastructure and maintenance costs of $17.6 million and other operating costs of $29.5 million. The lower costs were attributable to cost and capacity management as a result of COVID-19 and transition revenue impact during the year ended December 31, 2020. Cost of revenue includes accelerated amortization of $3.7 million for an operating lease right-of-use asset as the Company decided to permanently close one of its production facilities. Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 79.2% compared to 78.4% for the comparable same period in the prior year. The increase in cost of revenues, as a percentage of revenues by 0.8% was primarily due to the impact of costs related to the transition revenue that we expect to be gradually removed to further improve the gross margin profile of the business. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses SG&A expenses decreased $12.7 million, or 6.4%, to $186.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $198.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower employee related costs by $13.0 million, lower travel costs of $4.0 million, lower infrastructure and maintenance costs of $1.8 million and lower other costs of $4.3 million offset by higher professional fees of $10.4 million. SG&A expenses increased as a percentage of revenues to 14.4% in 2020 as compared to 12.7% in 2019. The increase, as a percentage of revenues by 1.7%, was primarily due to the decline in revenues brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic and the transition revenue. Depreciation & Amortization Total depreciation and amortization expense was $94.0 million and $100.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in total depreciation and amortization expense by $7.0 million was primarily due to a reduction in depreciation expense as a result of the expiration of the lives of assets acquired in prior periods and decrease in intangibles amortization expense due to end of useful lives for certain intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets The Company recorded no impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets during the year 2020. Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $349.6 million. Related Party Expenses Related party expense was $5.4 million and $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The lower related party expense in 2020 is attributable to the curtailment in reimbursements made to Ex-Sigma and Ex-Sigma 2. In 2019 the Company paid approximately $4.3 million in respect of legal expenses, premium payments on the Margin Loan and other expenses related to secondary offerings that did not recur in 2020. 48 Table of Contents Interest Expense Interest expense was $173.9 million and $163.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in interest costs was partially attributable to the interest on securitization facilities and other interest accruals that was not incurred during the corresponding period in 2019. Loss on Extinguishment of Debt Loss on extinguishment of debt for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $9.6 million and $1.4 million respectively. The Company recognized $1.3 million and $8.3 million in debt extinguishment costs during 2020, for the partial debt extinguishment resulting from amendment to the Term Loan in 2020 and the extinguishment of A/R Facility, respectively. The repricing and issuance of the 2019 incremental Term Loans resulted in the partial debt extinguishment, for which Exela recognized $1.4 million in debt extinguishment costs during 2019. Sundry Expense (Income) The decrease of $1.1 million over the prior year period was primarily attributable to foreign currency transaction gain / losses associated with exchange rate fluctuations. Other Expense (Income) Other expense (income), net was $(34.8) million and $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The change was primarily due to the $35.5 million resulting from gain recognized on the sale of SourceHOV Tax, LLC and the $8.7 million gain on the sale of the physical records storage and logistics business. Other expense (income) also includes an interest rate swap entered into in 2017. The interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge. As such, changes in the fair value of this derivative instrument are recorded directly in earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the fair value of the interest swap liability decreased resulting in a gain of $0.4 million. Income Tax Expense We had an income tax expense of $13.6 million and $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The change in the income tax expense was primarily attributable to our change in judgment related to the realizability of certain deferred tax assets. The change in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulted from permanent tax adjustments and valuation allowances, including valuation allowances against disallowed interest expense deferred tax assets that are not more-likely- than-not to be realized. 49 Table of Contents Results of Operations Year Ended December 31, 2019, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018 Revenue: ITPS HS LLPS Total revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization): ITPS HS LLPS Total cost of revenues Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Operating loss Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense (income), net Other expense (income), net Net loss before income taxes Income tax expense Net loss Revenue Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 1,234,284 256,721 71,332 1,562,337 1,001,655 180,045 43,035 1,224,735 198,864 100,903 349,557 9,501 (321,223) 163,449 1,404 969 14,429 (501,474) (7,642) (509,116) $ $ 1,273,647 228,015 84,560 1,586,222 1,010,320 151,877 51,206 1,213,403 184,908 138,077 48,127 12,403 (10,696) 155,991 1,067 (3,271) (3,030) (161,453) (8,353) (169,806) Our revenue decreased $23.9 million, or 1.5%, to $1,562.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1,586.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease is primarily related to a decrease in our ITPS segment revenues of $39.4 million and LLPS segment revenue of $13.2 million. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in revenues in the HS segment by $28.7 million. Our ITPS, HS, and LLPS segments constituted 79.0%, 16.4%, and 4.6% of our total revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 80.3%, 14.4%, and 5.3%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The revenue changes by reporting segment were as follows: ITPS—Revenues decreased $39.4 million, or 3.1%, to $1,234.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1,273.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to the low margin contract exit in the third quarter of 2018 and adverse currency impact that was offset partially by the revenue from acquisitions completed in 2018. HS—Revenues increased $28.7 million, or 12.6%, to $256.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $228.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to the ramp up of new businesses. LLPS—Revenues decreased $13.2 million, or 15.6%, to $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $84.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower revenue resulting from legal claims administration services of $11.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. 50 Table of Contents Cost of Revenue Cost of revenue increased $11.3 million, or 0.9%, to $1,224.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1,213.4 million for year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the HS segment of $28.2 million that was offset by a decrease in the ITPS and LLPS segments of $8.7 million and $8.2 million respectively. The cost of revenue changes by operating segment was as follows: ITPS—Cost of revenue decreased $8.7 million, or 0.9%, to $1,001.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1,010.3 million for year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was attributable to the corresponding revenue decline and flow through of savings that was offset by cost inflation. Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased by 190 basis points from 79.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 81.2% for the year ended December 31, 2019. HS—Cost of revenue was $180.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, up $28.2 million, or 18.5%, from $151.9 million in for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable an increase in volumes and ramp up of the healthcare asset acquisition from 2018, including additions to our operational headcount for the large new deals. Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased by 350 basis points from 66.6% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 70.1% for the year ended December 31, 2019. LLPS—Cost of revenue decreased $8.2 million, or 16.0%, to $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $51.2 million for year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to the lower costs on the legal claims administration of $5.8 million as a result of corresponding revenue decline. Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue remained relatively flat from 60.6% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 60.4% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $14.0 million, or 7.5%, to $198.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $184.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to higher professional and legal expenses. Depreciation & Amortization Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $37.2 million, or 26.9%, to $100.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to accelerated amortization of trademarks and trade name write off that ended on December 31, 2018. Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $349.6 million and $48.1 million respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Company made an evaluation based on factors such as changes in the Company’s growth rate and recent trends in the Company’s market capitalization, and concluded that a triggering event for an interim impairment analysis had occurred in the third quarter of 2019. As a result of the interim impairment assessment, the Company recorded an impairment charge to goodwill and trade names of $96.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively. Due to continued depressed market capitalization during the three months ended December 31, 2019, another triggering event resulted in additional impairment charge of $252.4 million to goodwill at LLPS and ITPS reporting unit. Related Party Expense Related party expense decreased $2.9 million, or 23.4%, to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to an overall reduction in the expenses required to be reimbursed to Ex-Sigma 2 pursuant to the terms of the Consent, Waiver and Amendment. 51 Table of Contents Interest Expense Interest expense increased $7.5 million, or 4.8%, to $163.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $156.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable accrued interest for the Appraisal Action. Loss on Extinguishment of Debt Loss on extinguishment of debt for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1.4 million and $1.1 million. The Repricing and issuance of the 2019 and 2018 Incremental Term Loans resulted in the partial debt extinguishment, for which Exela recognized $1.4 million and $1.1 million in debt extinguishment costs. Sundry Expense (income) Sundry expense increased by $4.2 million to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $(3.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to foreign currency transaction losses associated with exchange rate fluctuations. Other Income Other income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $(14.4) million and $3.0 million respectively. The decrease of $17.5 million over the prior year period is primarily attributable to the Appraisal Action settlement expenses and an interest rate swap entered into in 2017. The interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge. As such, changes in the fair value of this derivative instrument are recorded directly in earnings. Income Tax (Expense) Benefit Income tax expense decreased $0.7 million to $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The December 31, 2019 federal tax expense is primarily due to the impact of the TCJA. Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP Financial Measures) We view EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as important indicators of performance. We define EBITDA as net income, plus taxes, interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus optimization and restructuring charges, including severance and retention expenses; transaction and integration costs; other non-cash charges, including non-cash compensation, (gain) or loss from sale or disposal of assets, and impairment charges; and management fees and expenses. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe they provide useful information regarding the factors and trends affecting our business in addition to measures calculated under GAAP. Additionally, our credit agreement requires us to comply with certain EBITDA related metrics. Refer to—“Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.” Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial performance and results of operations as our board of directors and management use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess our financial performance, because it allows them to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense), asset base (such as depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management team. Net loss is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Each of 52 Table of Contents these non-GAAP financial measures has important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures are not required to be uniformly applied, are not audited and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. The following tables present a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: $ Net Loss Taxes Interest expense Depreciation and amortization EBITDA Optimization and restructuring expenses (1) Transaction and integration costs (2) Non-cash equity compensation (3) Other charges including non-cash (4) Loss/(Gain) on sale of assets (5) Loss/(Gain) on business disposals (6) Debt modification and extinguishment costs Loss/(Gain) on derivative instruments (7) Contract costs (8) Dissenting shareholders expense (relating to the Appraisal Action) Litigation reserve Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Adjusted EBITDA 2020 (178,530) 13,584 173,878 93,953 102,885 45,616 16,620 2,846 26,154 114 (44,595) 9,589 375 4,317 — 9,624 $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 (509,116) 7,642 163,449 100,903 (237,122) 73,936 5,703 7,827 21,382 301 — 1,404 4,337 17,046 10,431 — 349,557 254,802 2018 $ (169,806) 8,353 155,991 138,077 132,615 54,235 4,121 7,647 25,554 (867) 1,363 1,067 (1,897) 4,212 — — 48,127 276,177 173,545 — (1) Adjustment represents net salary and benefits associated with positions, current vendor expenses and existing lease contracts that are part of the on-going savings and productivity improvement initiatives in process transformation, customer transformation and post-merger or acquisition integration. (2) Represents costs incurred related to transactions for completed or contemplated transactions during the period. (3) Represents the non-cash charges related to restricted stock units and options that vested during the year at Ex-Sigma in the case of the SourceHOV 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan assumed by it in connection with the Novitex Business Combination and the Company under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. (4) Represents fair value adjustments to deferred revenue and deferred rent accounts established as part of purchase accounting and other non-cash charges. Other charges include severance, retention bonus, facility consolidation and other transition costs. (5) Represents a loss/(gain) recognized on the disposal of property, plant, and equipment and other assets. (6) Represents a loss/(gain) recognized on the disposal of noncore-business assets. (7) Represents the impact of changes in the fair value of an interest rate swap entered into during the fourth quarter of 2017. (8) Represents costs incurred on new projects, contract start-up costs and project ramp costs. 53 Table of Contents Liquidity and Capital Resources Overview Our primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities, supplemented as necessary on a short-term basis by borrowings against our senior secured revolving credit facility and accounts receivable securitization facility. We believe our current level of cash and short-term financing capabilities along with future cash flows from operations are sufficient to meet the needs of the business. Under ASC Subtopic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (“ASC 205-40”), the Company has the responsibility to evaluate whether conditions and/or events raise substantial doubt about its ability to meet its future financial obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The following conditions raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern: history of net losses, net operating cash outflows, working capital deficits, Appraisal Action liability, and the accumulated deficit. As previously reported, the Company has undertaken plans to improve our available cash balances, liquidity and cash generated from operations, as further outlined below, and the Company believes these plans alleviate the substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least twelve months from the date that the accompanying financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K were issued. Going concern matters are more fully discussed in Note 2, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. At December 31, 2020, cash and cash equivalents totaled $70.3 million and we had no unutilized availability under our senior secured revolving credit facility. We currently expect to spend approximately $20.0 to $25.0 million on total capital expenditures over the next twelve months. We will continue to evaluate additional capital expenditure needs that may arise due to changes in the business model due to COVID-19 and remote working. We believe that our operating cash flow and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months. On July 13, 2018, Exela successfully repriced the $343.4 million of term loans outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities (the “Repricing Term Loans”). The interest rates applicable to the Repricing Term Loans were 100 basis points lower than the interest rates applicable to the existing senior secured term loans that were incurred on July 12, 2017 pursuant to the Credit Agreement. On July 13, 2018, the Company borrowed a further $30.0 million pursuant to incremental term loans under the Credit Agreement. On April 16, 2019, the Company borrowed an additional $30.0 million pursuant to incremental term loans under the Credit Agreement. The proceeds of these incremental term loans (collectively, the “Incremental Term Loans”) were used to replace the cash spent for acquisitions, pay related fees, expenses and related borrowings and for general corporate purposes. The Repricing Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum consisting of, at the Company’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, subject to a 1.0% floor, or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (ii) the prime rate and (iii) the one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 6.5% for LIBOR loans and 5.5% for base rate loans. The Repricing Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans will mature on July 12, 2023. The Company is pursuing a debt reduction and liquidity improvement initiative that contemplates the pursuit of the sale of certain non-core businesses that are not central to the Company’s long-term strategic vision. The disposition of those businesses could reduce indebtedness and enhance the Company’s ability to focus on its core businesses. The Company has retained financial advisors to assist with the sale of select assets. As part of the initiative, the Company has taken steps to increase its liquidity and its overall financial flexibility. The Company expects to use the net proceeds from the initiative for the repayment of debt, with a target reduction of $150.0 to $200.0 million. The Company has set a two-year timetable for completion of the initiative. There can be no assurance that the initiative or any particular element of the initiative will be consummated or will achieve its desired result. 54 Table of Contents On January 10, 2020 certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $160.0 million accounts receivable securitization facility with a five year term (the “A/R Facility”). The Company used the proceeds of the initial borrowings to repay outstanding revolving borrowings under the Company’s senior credit facility and to provide additional liquidity and funding for the ongoing business needs of the Company and its subsidiaries. On March 16, 2020, the Company and its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, Merco Holdings, LLC and SourceHOV Tax, LLC entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC at which time Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of SourceHov Tax for $40.0 million, subject to adjustment as set forth in the purchase agreement of approximately $2.0 million. On March 26, 2020, the Delaware Court of Chancery entered a judgment against one of our subsidiaries in the amount of $57.7 million inclusive of costs and interest arising out of the petition for appraisal pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 262 in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned Manichaean Capital, LLC, et al. v. SourceHOV Holdings, Inc., C.A. No. 2017 0673 JRS (pursuant to which former stockholders of SourceHOV sought, among other things, a determination of the fair value of their 10,304 SourceHOV shares at the time of the Novitex Business Combination) (the “Appraisal Action”), which judgment will continue to accrue interest, until paid, at the legal rate, compounded quarterly. SourceHOV appealed the judgment to the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2020. On January 22, 2021, the Delaware Supreme Court affirmed the judgment of the Delaware Court of Chancery in favor of the appraisal petitioners. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has accrued a liability of $60.7 million for the Appraisal Action based on management’s best estimate of SourceHOV’s total payment obligation including accrued interest as of such date. To date, SourceHOV has not paid the judgment in the Appraisal Action, and the petitioners have not been successful in their attempts to collect on the judgment against SourceHOV. The petitioners have filed additional actions seeking to enforce their award against SourceHOV, including an action alleging unjust enrichment and seeking restitution and to pierce the corporate veil and seek alter ego liability against Exela Technologies, Inc. and over 50 alleged subsidiaries and/or affiliates. The appraisal petitioners have filed additional actions to recognize the judgment against SourceHOV, an action alleging unjust enrichment and seeking restitution and to pierce the corporate veil and seek alter ego liability against Exela Technologies, Inc. and over 50 alleged subsidiaries and/or affiliates in an attempt to collect the award in the Appraisal Action from entities other than SourceHOV, and an action against SourceHOV and certain of its directors and officers alleging creditor derivative claims relating to the Company’s securitization facilities. In early February 2021, petitioners also filed a motion for a preliminary injunction in the derivative action in which they seek a court order freezing certain property and prohibiting certain transfers and payments by Exela subsidiaries other that SourceHOV, including preventing them from paying their creditors unless the payments are made equally among Exela’s other creditors and toward the Appraisal Action liability. If the petitioners are successful in their efforts to accelerate payment of the entire judgment, such action could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and/or cause certain of our secured lenders to take action adverse to us. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the CARES Act, and at present expects that the refundable payroll tax credits and deferment of employer side social security payments provisions of the CARES Act to materially benefit the Company. The Company will also defer certain payroll, social security and value added taxes in various European jurisdictions, as permitted under the recently enacted COVID-19 relief measures. On May 18, 2020, the Company amended the Prior Credit Agreement to, among other things, extend the time for delivery of its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. Pursuant to the amendment, the Company also amended the Prior Credit Agreement to, among other things: restrict the borrower and its subsidiaries’ ability to designate or invest in unrestricted subsidiaries; incur certain debt; create certain liens; make certain investments; pay certain dividends or other distributions on account of its equity interests; make certain asset sales or other dispositions (or utilize the proceeds of certain asset sales to 55 Table of Contents reinvest in the business); or enter into certain affiliate transactions pursuant to the negative covenants under the Credit Agreement. Further, pursuant to the amendment, the borrower under the Credit Agreement is also required to maintain a minimum Liquidity (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of $35.0 million. On May 21, 2020, the Company also amended the A/R Facility to, among other things, extend the time for delivery of its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. Upon delivery of such financial statements, the Company became in compliance with the Credit Agreement, the indenture for its outstanding Notes and the A/R Facility with respect to the financial statement delivery requirements set forth therein. On July 22, 2020 the Company completed the sale of its physical records storage and logistics business for a purchase price of $12.3 million which can be used to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in our business or to make certain investments and acquisitions as permitted by the Credit Agreement. On December 17, 2020 certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $145.0 million securitization facility with a five year term (the “Securitization Facility”). On December 17, 2020 the Company made the initial borrowing of approximately $92.0 million under the Securitization Facility and used a portion of the proceeds to repay the A/R Facility, which terminated on such date. The Company used the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. Cash Flows The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated: Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities Subtotal Effect of exchange rates on cash Net increase/(decrease) in cash $ 2020 (29,781) 21,438 63,362 55,019 1,191 56,210 $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 (63,851) (25,182) 59,139 (29,894) 139 (29,755) 2018 23,600 (58,752) (2,605) (37,757) 122 (37,635) Analysis of Cash Flow Changes between the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018 Operating Activities— Net cash used in operating activities was $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to cash used in operating activities of $63.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $34.0 million in cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was due to lower Gross profits in the corresponding period offset by higher cash flow from working capital primarily driven by $46 million improvement in our accounts receivables. “Gross profit” is defined as revenue less cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). This decrease in cash flow was significantly offset by higher cash flows from accounts receivables. Net cash used in operating activities was $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $23.6 million cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease of $87.5 million in cash flow from operating activities was primarily driven by increase in operating loss by $49.2 million including $35.2 million lower Gross profit and $14.0 million higher selling, general and administrative expenses in 2019 as compared to 2018. “Gross profit” is defined as revenue less cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). The rest of the decline was driven mainly by working capital items including $13.7 million pay down of accounts payables and $13.6 million pay down of related party payables as compared to 2018. Investing Activities— Net cash provided by investing activities was $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to cash used in investing activities of $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $46.6 million in cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to $50.1 million total cash proceeds received from asset sales, lower additions to Property, plant and equipment and 56 Table of Contents development of internal software offset by partial settlement of the liabilities related to the healthcare acquisition announced early in the first quarter of 2019. Net cash used in investing activities was $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to cash used in investing activities of $58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease of $33.6 million in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a decrease in cash spent on acquisitions compared to previous year (in 2018 Company made three acquisitions in Europe and acquired certain healthcare assets) as well as lower capital expenditures to add Property, Plant & Equipment. Financing Activities— Net cash provided by financing activities was $63.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $4.3 million in cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to the proceeds from securitization facilities and revolving credit facility offset by principal payments made on debt. Net cash provided by financing activities was $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to cash used by financing activities of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of approximately $61.7 million in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to $65 million of revolver draw during 2019. Indebtedness In connection with the Novitex Business Combination, we acquired debt facilities and issued notes totaling $1.4 billion. Proceeds from the indebtedness were used to pay off credit facilities existing immediately before the Novitex Business Combination. Senior Credit Facilities On July 12, 2017, the Company entered into a First Lien Credit Agreement with Royal Bank of Canada, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Natixis, New York Branch and KKR Corporate Lending LLC (the “Credit Agreement”) providing Exela Intermediate LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, (i) a $350.0 million senior secured term loan maturing July 12, 2023 with an original issue discount of $7.0 million, and (ii) a $100.0 million senior secured revolving facility maturing July 12, 2022. The Credit Agreement provided for the following interest rates for borrowings under the senior secured term facility and senior secured revolving facility: at the Company’s option, either (1) an adjusted LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor in the case of term loans, or (2) a base rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for the senior secured term facility was 7.5% with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 6.5% with respect to base rate borrowings. The initial applicable margin for the senior secured revolving facility was 7.0% with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 6.0% with respect to base rate borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving facility is subject to step-downs based on leverage ratios. The senior secured term loan is subject to amortization payments, commencing on the last day of the first full fiscal quarter of the Company following the closing date, of 0.6% of the aggregate principal amount for each of the first eight payments and 1.3% of the aggregate principal amount for payments thereafter, with any balance due at maturity. On July 13, 2018, Exela successfully repriced the $343.4 million of term loans outstanding under its senior secured credit facilities (the “Repricing”). The Repricing was accomplished pursuant to a First Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Exela Intermediate Holdings LLC, the Company, each “Subsidiary Loan Party” listed on the signature pages thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and each of the lenders party thereto, whereby the Company borrowed $343.4 million of refinancing term loans (the “Repricing Term Loans”) to refinance the Company’s existing senior secured term loans. The Repricing Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum of, at the Company’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, subject to a 1.0% floor, or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of 57 Table of Contents (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (ii) the prime rate and (iii) the one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 6.5% for LIBOR loans and 5.5% for base rate loans. The interest rates applicable to the Repricing Term Loans are 100 basis points lower than the interest rates applicable to the existing senior secured term loans that were incurred on July 12, 2017 pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The Repricing Term Loans will mature on July 12, 2023, the same maturity date as the existing senior secured term loans. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate applicable for the first lien senior secured term loan was 8.3%. On July 13, 2018, the Company successfully borrowed an additional $30.0 million pursuant to incremental term loans (the “2018 Incremental Term Loans”) under the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement. The proceeds of the 2018 Incremental Term Loans were used by the Company for general corporate purposes and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the First Amendment. On April 16, 2019, the Company successfully borrowed a further $30.0 million pursuant to incremental term loans (the “2019 Incremental Term Loans”, and, together with the 2018 Incremental Terms Loans, the “Incremental Term Loans”) under the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement. The proceeds of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans were used to replace cash spent for acquisitions, pay related fees, expenses and related borrowings for general corporate purposes. The Incremental Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum that is the same as the Repricing Term Loans. The Incremental Term Loans will mature on July 12, 2023, the same maturity date as the Repricing Term Loans. The Company may voluntarily repay the Repricing Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans (collectively, the “ Term Loans”) at any time, without prepayment premium or penalty, subject to customary “ breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR rate loans. Other than as described above, the terms, conditions and covenants applicable to the Incremental Term Loans are consistent with the terms, conditions and covenants that were applicable to the Repricing Term Loans under the Credit Agreement. On May 18, 2020, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to, among other things, extend the time for delivery of its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. Pursuant to the amendment, the Company also agreed to amend the Credit Agreement to, among other things: restrict the borrower and its subsidiaries’ ability to designate or invest in unrestricted subsidiaries; incur certain debt; create certain liens; make certain investments; pay certain dividends or other distributions on account of its equity interests; make certain asset sales or other dispositions (or utilize the proceeds of certain asset sales to reinvest in the business); or enter into certain affiliate transactions pursuant to the negative covenants under the Credit Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the amendment, the borrower under the Credit Agreement is required to maintain minimum Liquidity (as defined in the amendment) of $35.0 million. Letters of Credit As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had outstanding irrevocable letters of credit totaling approximately $19.5 million and $20.6 million, respectively, under the senior secured revolving facility. Senior Secured Notes Upon the closing of the Novitex Business Combination on July 12, 2017, the Company issued $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of 10.0% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 10.0% per year. The Company pays interest on the Notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on January 15, 2018. The Notes are guaranteed by subsidiary guarantors pursuant to a supplemental indenture. The Notes will mature on July 15, 2023. Securitization Facilities On January 10, 2020, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into the $160.0 million A/R Facility with a five year term. In the A/R Facility, (i) Exela Receivables 1, LLC (the “A/R Borrower”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “A/R Loan Agreement”), dated as of 58 Table of Contents January 10, 2020, with TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as administrative agent (the “A/R Administrative Agent”), PNC Bank National Association, as LC Bank (the “A/R LC Bank”), the lenders (each, an “A/R Lender” and collectively the “A/R Lenders”) and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which the A/R Lenders made loans (the “A/R Loan”) to the A/R Borrower used to purchase certain receivables and related assets from its sole member, Exela Receivables Holdco, LLC (the “A/R Parent SPE”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, (ii) sixteen other indirect, wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “A/R Originators”) sold or contributed to the A/R Parent SPE certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash, equity in the A/R Parent SPE and/or letters of credit issued by the A/R LC Bank to the A/R Originators; and (iii) the A/R Parent SPE sold or contributed to the Borrower certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash, equity in the A/R Borrower and/or letters of credit issued by the LC Bank to the beneficiaries elected by A/R Parent SPE. The Company used the proceeds of the initial borrowings under the A/R Facility to repay outstanding revolving borrowings under the Company’s senior credit facility and to provide additional liquidity and funding for the ongoing business needs of the Company and its subsidiaries. The A/R Borrower and A/R Parent SPE were formed in December 2019, and are consolidated into the Company’s financial statements. The A/R Borrower and A/R Parent SPE are bankruptcy remote entities and as such their assets are not available to creditors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Since January 10, 2020, the parties amended and waived the A/R Facility several times to address contractually, the occurrence of certain events, including among other things, the delay in delivery of annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended 2019, financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and the Initial Servicer’s Liquidity (as defined in the A/R Facility) falling below $60.0 million. In connection with these amendments a forbearance fee of $4.8 million was due and added to the outstanding principal balance of the loans. The Company concluded that the amendment represented modification of debt under ASC 470-50. Accordingly, the forbearance fee paid was added to unamortized debt issuance cost and amortized ratably over the remaining term of the A/R facility. Each loan under the A/R Facility originally bore interest on the unpaid principal amount as follows: (1) if a Base Rate Loan, at 3.75% plus a rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (calculated based upon an Interest Period of one month and determined on a daily basis) plus 1.00%, and (d) 4.50% per annum and (2) if a LIBOR Rate Loan, 4.75% plus a floating LIBOR Rate with a 1.00% LIBOR floor. In connection with the above described amendments to the A/R Facility, the applicable margin of the Base Rate Loans was increased to 5.75% and the LIBOR Rate Loans was increased to 6.75%. As of December 31, 2020, there were no borrowings outstanding under the A/R Facility. On December 17, 2020, the Company repaid in full the loans outstanding under the A/R Facility. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the A/R Facility as of such date was approximately $83.0 million. The early termination of the A/R Facility triggered an early termination fee of $0.8 million and required repayment of approximately $0.5 million in respect of principal, accrued interest and fees. All obligations under the A/R Facility (other than contingent indemnification obligations that expressly survive termination) terminated upon repayment. The A/R Facility was replaced by the Securitization Facility as described below. On December 17, 2020, certain subsidiaries of Company closed on Securitization Facility with a five year term. Borrowings under the Securitization Facility are subject to an improved borrowing base definition over the A/R Facility that consists of receivables and, subject to contribution, further supported by inventory and intellectual property, in each case, subject to certain eligibility criteria, concentration limits and reserves. The Securitization Facility provided for an initial funding of approximately $92.0 million supported by the receivables portion of the borrowing base and, subject to contribution, a further funding of approximately $53.0 million supported by inventory and intellectual property. On December 17, 2020 the Company made the initial borrowing of approximately $92.0 million under the Securitization Facility and used a portion of the proceeds to repay the A/R Facility and used the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. 59 Table of Contents The initial documentation for the Securitization Facility includes (i) a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Securitization Loan Agreement”), dated as of December 10, 2020, by and among Exela Receivables 3, LLC (the “Securitization Borrower”), a wholly- owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, the lenders (each, a “Securitization Lender” and collectively the “Securitization Lenders”), Alter Domus (US), LLC, as administrative agent (the “Securitization Administrative Agent”) and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which the Securitization Lenders will make loans to the Securitization Borrower to be used to purchase receivables and related assets from the Securitization Parent SPE (as defined below), (ii) a First Tier Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement (the, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among Exela Receivables 3 Holdco, LLC (the “Securitization Parent SPE”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, and certain other indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company listed therein (collectively, the “Securitization Originators”), and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which each Securitization Originator has sold or contributed and will sell or contribute to the Securitization Parent SPE certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash and equity in the Securitization Parent SPE, (iii) a Second Tier Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among, the Securitization Borrower, the Securitization Parent SPE and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which Securitization Parent SPE has sold or contributed and will sell or contribute to the Securitization Borrower certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash and equity in the Securitization Borrower, (iv) the Sub- Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among the Company and each Securitization Originator, (v) the Pledge and Guaranty, dated as of the December 10, 2020, between the Securitization Parent SPE and the Administrative Agent, and (vi) the Performance Guaranty, dated as of December 17, 2020, between the Company, as performance guarantor, and the Securitization Administrative Agent (and together with all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered in connection with the Securitization Loan Agreement, the “Securitization Agreements”). The Securitization Borrower, the Company, the Securitization Parent SPE and the Securitization Originators provide customary representations and covenants under the Securitization Agreements. The Securitization Loan Agreement provides for certain events of default upon the occurrence of which the Securitization Administrative Agent may declare the facility’s termination date to have occurred and declare the outstanding Securitization Loan and all other obligations of the Securitization Borrower to be immediately due and payable, however the Securitization Facility does not include an ongoing liquidity covenant like the A/R Facility and aligns reporting obligations with the Company’s other material indebtedness agreements. The Securitization Borrower and Securitization Parent SPE were formed in December 2020, and are consolidated into the Company’s financial statements. The Securitization Borrower and Securitization Parent SPE are bankruptcy remote entities and as such their assets are not available to creditors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Each loan under the Securitization Facility bears interest on the unpaid principal amount as follows: (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to (x) the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50% and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the Securitization Loan Agreement) plus 1.00%, plus (y) 8.75%; or (ii) if a LIBOR Rate Loan, at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 9.75%. As of December 31, 2020, there were borrowings of $91.9 million outstanding under the Securitization Facility. Potential Future Transactions We may, from time to time explore and evaluate possible strategic transactions, which may include joint ventures, as well as business combinations or the acquisition or disposition of assets. In order to pursue certain of these opportunities, additional funds will likely be required. Subject to applicable contractual restrictions, to obtain such financing, we may seek to use cash on hand, borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, or we may seek to raise additional debt or equity financing through private placements or through underwritten offerings. There can be no assurance that we will enter into additional strategic transactions or alliances, nor do we know if we will be able to obtain the necessary financing for transactions that require additional funds on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement that we entered into in connection with the closing of the Novitex Business Combination, certain of our stockholders have the right to demand underwritten offerings of our Common Stock. We may from time to time in the future explore, with certain of those stockholders the possibility of an underwritten public offering of our Common Stock held by those stockholders. There can be no assurance as to whether or when an offering may be commenced or completed, or as to the actual size or terms of the offering. 60 Table of Contents Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The preparation of financial statements requires the use of judgments and estimates. Our critical accounting policies are described below to provide a better understanding of how we develop our assumptions and judgments about future events and related estimations and how they can impact our financial statements. A critical accounting estimate is one that requires subjective or complex estimates and assessments, and is fundamental to our results of operations. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable according to the current facts and circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We believe the current assumptions, judgments and estimates used to determine amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate; however, actual results may differ under different conditions. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this document. Goodwill and other intangible assets: Goodwill and other intangible assets are initially recorded at their fair values. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquisitions over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Our goodwill at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $359.8 million. Goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized either on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life or on a basis that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are realized. Impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other intangible assets: Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and finite- lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of their carrying amount to the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, we record impairment losses for the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value. Fair value is determined, in part, by the estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets. Our cash flow estimates are based upon, among other things, historical results adjusted to reflect our best estimate of future market rates, and operating performance. Development of future cash flows also requires us to make assumptions and to apply judgment, including timing of future expected cash flows, using the appropriate discount rates, and determining salvage values. The estimate of fair value represents our best estimates of these factors, and is subject to variability. Assets are generally grouped at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows, which is the reporting unit level for us. Changes to our key assumptions related to future performance and other economic factors could adversely affect our impairment valuation. We conduct our annual goodwill impairment tests on October 1st of each year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. When performing the annual impairment test, we have the option of performing a qualitative or quantitative assessment to determine if an impairment has occurred. If a qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we would be required to perform a quantitative impairment test for goodwill. A quantitative test requires comparison of fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We use a combination of the Guideline Public Company Method of the Market Approach and the Discounted Cash Flow Method of the Income Approach to determine the reporting unit fair value. For the Guideline Public Company Method, our annual impairment test utilizes valuation multiples of publicly traded peer companies. For the Discounted Cash Flow Method, our annual impairment test utilizes discounted cash flow projections using market participant weighted average cost of capital calculation. If the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded for the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. We conducted our annual goodwill impairment test for year 2020 on October1, 2020 and concluded that there was no impairment in our goodwill and other intangible assets during the year. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company concluded that a triggering event for an interim impairment analysis had occurred as discussed above. As part of the interim impairment assessment performed on September 30, 2019, it was determined that the increase in the discount rate applied in the valuation was required to reflect current market dynamics and company-specific risk. This higher discount rate, in conjunction with revised long-term projections, resulted in lower than previously projected discounted long-term future cash flows for the reporting units which reduced the estimated fair value to below carrying 61 Table of Contents value. As a result of the interim impairment assessment in the third quarter, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $87.9 million and $8.3 million to goodwill at ITPS and LLPS reporting units, respectively. The Company did not perform a separate annual impairment test as of October 1, 2019 as the impairment test performed during the quarter-ended September 30, 2019 was one day from the annual impairment test date. Additionally, later during the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company conducted its annual budgeting process along with an update to its long-range plan. Following the completion of that process, the Company made an evaluation based on factors such as changes in the Company’s growth rate and recent trends in the Company’s market capitalization, concluding that a second triggering event for an impairment analysis had occurred. As a result, we performed another quantitative impairment test as of December 31, 2019, resulting in an additional goodwill impairment charge of $229.7 million and $22.7 million to goodwill at ITPS and LLPS reporting units, respectively. Therefore, as a result of these two impairment assessments in the third and fourth quarters of 2019, a total impairment charge of $348.6 was recorded to goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2019. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, allocation of assets and liabilities to reporting units, and determination of fair value. The determination of reporting unit fair value is sensitive to the amount of Revenue and EBITDA generated by us, as well as the Revenue and EBITDA market multiples used in the calculation. Additionally, the fair value is sensitive to changes in the valuation assumptions such as expected income tax rate, risk-free rate, asset beta, and various risk premiums. Unanticipated changes, including immaterial revisions, to these assumptions could result in a provision for impairment in a future period. Given the nature of these evaluations and their application to specific assets and time frames, it is not possible to reasonably quantify the impact of changes in these assumptions. In the process of reconciling the fair values of the Company’s reporting units to its overall market capitalization, the Company used a combination of both quantitative and qualitative considerations, arriving at the implied control premium of 41.4%. The implied control premium was computed using the Company’s closing stock price as of October 1, 2020. Revenue: We account for revenue in accordance with ASC 606. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer, and is the unit of account in ASC 606. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. The contract transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. All of our material sources of revenue are derived from contracts with customers, primarily relating to the provision of business and transaction processing services within each of our segments. We do not have any significant extended payment terms, as payment is received shortly after goods are delivered or services are provided. Refer to Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information regarding our revenue recognition policy. Income Taxes: We account for income taxes by using the asset and liability method. We account for income taxes regarding uncertain tax positions and recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax benefit/(expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was signed by the President of the United States and enacted into law on December 22, 2017. The TCJA significantly changes U.S. tax law by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate to 21% from 35%, adopting a territorial tax regime, creating new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings and imposing a one-time transition tax on the undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) requires companies to account for the tax effects of changes in income tax rates and laws in the period in which legislation is enacted (December 22, 2017). ASC 740 does not specifically address accounting and disclosure guidance in connection with the income tax effects of the TCJA. Consequently, on December 22, 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), to address the application of ASC 740 in the reporting period that includes the date the TCJA was enacted. SAB 118 allows companies a reasonable period of time to complete the accounting for the income tax effects of the TCJA. 62 Table of Contents Deferred income taxes are recognized on the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable in future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities, as determined under tax laws and rates. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to numerous ownership changes, we are subject to limitations on existing net operating losses under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In the event we determine that we would be able to realize deferred tax assets that have valuation allowances established, an adjustment to the net deferred tax assets would be recognized as a component of income tax expense through continuing operations. We engage in transactions (such as acquisitions) in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty and examination by the varying taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required by us in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. While our tax returns are prepared and based on our interpretation of tax laws and regulations, in the normal course of business the tax returns are subject to examination by the various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future assessments of additional tax, interest and penalties. For purposes of our income tax provision, a tax benefit is not recognized if the tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits. Considerable judgment is involved in determining which tax positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Business Combinations: We allocate the total cost of an acquisition to the underlying assets based on their respective estimated fair values. Determination of fair values involves significant estimates and assumptions about highly subjective variables, including future cash flows, discount rates, and asset lives. The estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable and, when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party valuation firms. Because we are primarily a services business, our acquisitions typically result in significant amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets. Fair value estimates and calculations for these acquisitions will affect the amount of amortization expense, or possible impairment related charges recognized in future periods. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe are reasonable, but recognize that the assumptions are inherently uncertain. Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Internal Controls and Procedures As a publicly traded company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. For management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting required by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 see Part II—Item 9A – Controls and Procedures for management’s report on the effectiveness of internal controls. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements At December 31, 2020 we had no material off balance sheet arrangements, except letters of credit described above under Liquidity and Capital Resources. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such financing arrangements. The HGM Group and other former SourceHOV equity holders formed Ex-Sigma and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ex-Sigma 2, to hold the Exela shares to be issued to SourceHOV as merger consideration upon the closing of the Novitex Business Combination and to invest in Exela immediately prior to the closing. Ex-Sigma 2 secured additional PIPE financing in the form of a $55.8 million loan (the “Margin Loan”) that was used to purchase additional common and preferred shares from the Company to help meet the minimum cash requirements needed to close the Novitex Business Combination. As a result of these transactions, the Company issued 28,304,167 shares of Common 63 Table of Contents Stock to Ex-Sigma 2 at the closing, which represented approximately 54.9% ownership in the Company at that time and were pledged as collateral for the Margin Loan. The Company determined that Ex-Sigma was a variable interest entity and that the Company had a variable interest in Ex- Sigma through an expense reimbursement arrangement related to the Margin Loan and contained in the Consent, Waiver and Amendment. The Consent, Waiver and Amendment provided among other things for the Company to reimburse Ex-Sigma for costs and fees related to the maintenance of the Margin Loan, other than payments of principal, interest and original issue discount. The Company was not the primary beneficiary because the Company did not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impacted the economic performance of Ex-Sigma. Accordingly, the Company did not consolidate the financial statements of Ex-Sigma and did not have any assets or liabilities related to Ex-Sigma and the Company did not have an investment in Ex-Sigma. The Company reaffirmed its assessment as of December 31, 2020. Ex-Sigma 2 paid off the balance of the Margin Loan as of December 31, 2019, and as such the maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Company’s involvement with Ex-Sigma is $0. Ex-Sigma 2 distributed the shares held by it during the first quarter of 2020 and is no longer a shareholder of Exela. Ex-Sigma and Ex-Sigma 2 ceased to be variable interest entities upon the distribution that occurred on February 21, 2020. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk Interest Rate Risk At December 31, 2020, we had $1,538.0 million of debt outstanding, with a weighted average interest rate of 9.6%. Interest is calculated under the terms of our credit agreement based on the greatest of certain specified base rates plus an applicable margin that varies based on certain factors. Assuming no change in the amount outstanding, the impact on interest expense of a 1% increase or decrease in the assumed weighted average interest rate would be approximately $15.4 million per year. In order to mitigate interest rate fluctuations with respect to term loan borrowings under the Credit Agreement, in November 2017, we entered into a three year one- month LIBOR interest rate swap contract with a notional amount of $347.8 million, which at the time was the remaining principal balance of the term loan. The swap contract swaps out the floating rate interest risk related to the LIBOR with a fixed interest rate of 1.9275% effective January 12, 2018. The interest rate swap, which is used to manage our exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks, was not designated as a hedge. As such, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded directly to other expense (income), net. Other expense (income), net includes a gain of $0.4 million and a loss of $4.3 million related to changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Foreign Currency Risk We are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations. These risks include transaction gains and losses associated with intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries and transactions denominated in currencies other than a location’s functional currency. Contracts are denominated in currencies of major industrial countries. Market Risk We are exposed to market risks primarily from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivatives for trading purposes, to generate income or to engage in speculative activity. 64 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The following financial statements are included herein: Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 66 69 70 71 72 75 76 65 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and Board of Directors Exela Technologies, Inc.: Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Exela Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Change in Accounting Principle As discussed in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has change its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 66 Table of Contents Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Evaluation of Goodwill for potential impairment As discussed in Notes 2 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill is impaired if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit. Fair value of a reporting unit is estimated by management using the discounted cash flow method and the guideline public company method. To validate the reasonableness of the assumptions used in the two valuation methods, management performs a market capitalization reconciliation by comparing the determined fair value of all reporting units to the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the analysis. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s goodwill balance was $360 million. We identified the evaluation of the goodwill impairment as a critical audit matter. There was significant auditor judgment required to evaluate key assumptions related to the discounted cash flow method including the revenue forecasts, operating margins, and discount rates used in the discounted cash flow method. Additionally, significant auditor judgment was required to evaluate the control premium used in the market capitalization reconciliation. The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design of certain internal controls related to the critical audit matter. This included controls related to the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over the forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, and discount rates, as well as management’s review of the control premium used in the market capitalization reconciliation. We evaluated the revenue forecasts and operating margins by comparing them to the historical performance of the respective reporting units, consistency with third party market and industry data or other third party analyses. We also evaluated the consistency of the forecasted cash flows with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. We also compared the Company’s historical forecasted revenue, operating margin, and working capital forecasts to their actual results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. We tested the Company’s reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in: - evaluating the discount rates by comparing the Company’s inputs to publicly available data and assessing the resulting discount rates - performed sensitivity analyses over the forecasted cash flows and discount rates to assess the impact of changes on the Company’s fair value estimates for the reporting units - evaluating the control premium used in the market capitalization reconciliation by comparing the Company’s control premium to publicly available data for comparable company market transactions. 67 Table of Contents Going Concern As discuss in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, management identified there were conditions that raised substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date the financial statements were issued. The conditions that resulted in the substantial doubt being raised included a history of net losses, net operating cash outflows, a working capital deficit, significant interest payments, the Appraisal Action liability incurred, a requirement through its First Lien Credit Agreement to maintain a minimum liquidity of $35 million, and an accumulated deficit. However, based on management’s operating plan and resulting available liquidity, management believes the Company’s liquidity is sufficient to fund operations and satisfy their financial obligations as they become due for at least one year from the financial statement issuance date. Therefore, the Company concluded these plans alleviate the substantial doubt that was raised about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least twelve months from the date that the financial statements were issued. We identified the evaluation of going concern as a critical audit matter. There was significant auditor judgment required in evaluating the Company’s forecasted cash flows, and resulting available liquidity, throughout the measurement period. Specifically, this included revenue and operating margin forecasts, and working capital requirements. The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design of certain internal controls related to the critical audit matter. This included controls related to the preparation of forecasted cash flows, including revenue and operating margin forecasts and working capital requirements. We evaluated the forecasted cash flows by comparing them to historical performance, consistency with third party market and industry data or other third-party analyses. We also evaluated the consistency of the cash flow forecasts utilized in evaluating goodwill for impairment. We also compared the Company’s historical forecasted revenue, operating margin, and working capital to their actual results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. We also assessed the probability and timing of forecasted cash outflows related to the settlement of current liabilities included in management’s assessment. We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013. Detroit, Michigan March 22, 2021 /s/ KPMG LLP 68 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts) Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,647 and $4,975, respectively Related party receivables and prepaid expenses Inventories, net Prepaid expenses and other current assets Total current assets Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $193,760 and $176,995, respectively Operating lease right-of-use assets, net Goodwill Intangible assets, net Deferred income tax assets Other noncurrent assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) Liabilities Current liabilities Accounts payable Related party payables Income tax payable Accrued liabilities Accrued compensation and benefits Accrued interest Customer deposits Deferred revenue Obligation for claim payment Current portion of finance lease liabilities Current portion of operating lease liabilities Current portion of long-term debts Total current liabilities Long-term debt, net of current maturities Finance lease liabilities, net of current portion Pension liabilities, net Deferred income tax liabilities Long-term income tax liabilities Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion Other long-term liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14) Stockholders' equity (deficit) Common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 1,600,000,000 shares authorized; 51,693,931 shares issued and 49,242,225 shares outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 51,212,945 shares issued and 50,283,896 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 Preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 3,290,050 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 4,294,233 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 Additional paid in capital Less: Common Stock held in treasury, at cost; 2,451,706 shares at December 31, 2020 and 929,049 shares at December 31, 2019 Equity-based compensation Accumulated deficit Accumulated other comprehensive loss: Foreign currency translation adjustment Unrealized pension actuarial losses, net of tax Total accumulated other comprehensive loss Total stockholders’ deficit Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ $ 68,221 2,088 206,868 711 14,314 31,091 323,293 87,851 68,861 359,781 292,664 6,606 18,723 1,157,779 76,027 97 2,466 126,399 63,467 48,769 21,277 16,377 29,328 12,231 18,349 39,952 454,739 1,498,004 13,287 35,515 9,569 2,759 56,814 13,624 2,084,311 6,198 7,901 261,400 716 19,047 23,663 318,925 113,637 93,627 359,771 342,443 12,032 17,889 1,258,324 86,167 1,740 352 121,553 48,574 48,769 27,765 16,282 39,156 13,788 25,345 36,490 465,981 1,398,385 20,272 25,681 7,996 2,806 73,282 6,962 2,001,365 15 15 1 446,739 (10,949) 52,183 (1,390,038) (7,419) (17,064) (24,483) (926,532) 1,157,779 $ 1 445,452 (10,949) 49,336 (1,211,508) (7,329) (8,059) (15,388) (743,041) 1,258,324 $ $ $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 69 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Operations For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts) Revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Operating loss Other expense (income), net: Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense (income), net Other expense (income), net Net loss before income taxes Income tax expense Net loss Cumulative dividends for Series A Preferred Stock Net loss attributable to common stockholders Loss per share: Basic and diluted $ 2020 1,292,562 1,023,544 Years ended December 31, 2019 1,562,337 1,224,735 $ $ 2018 1,586,222 1,213,403 186,104 93,953 — 5,381 (16,420) 173,878 9,589 (153) (34,788) (164,946) (13,584) (178,530) (1,309) (179,839) (3.66) $ $ $ $ $ $ 198,864 100,903 349,557 9,501 (321,223) 163,449 1,404 969 14,429 (501,474) (7,642) (509,116) (3,309) (512,425) (10.55) $ $ $ 184,908 138,077 48,127 12,403 (10,696) 155,991 1,067 (3,271) (3,030) (161,453) (8,353) (169,806) (3,655) (173,461) (3.52) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 70 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands of United States dollars) Net loss Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Foreign currency translation adjustments Unrealized pension actuarial gains (losses), net of tax Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax 2020 Years ended December 31, 2019 2018 (178,530) $ (509,116) $ (169,806) (90) (9,005) (187,625) $ (906) 1,242 (508,780) $ (6,204) 1,753 (174,257) $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 71 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit December 31, 2018 (in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts) Treasury Stock Additional Equity-Based Translation Losses, Accumulated Stockholders' Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Unrealized Foreign Pension Currency Actuarial Total Amount Shares Amount Paid in Capital Compensation Adjustment net of tax Deficit Deficit 1 16,433 $ (249) $ 445,452 $ 34,085 $ (219) $ (11,054) $ (519,827) $ (51,796) Common Stock Shares Amount Preferred Stock Shares 6,194,233 $ — — — Balances at January 1, 2018 50,176,384 Implementation of ASU 2014-09 (Note 2) Net loss January 1 to December 31, 2018 Equity-based compensation Foreign currency translation adjustment Net realized pension actuarial gains, net of tax RSU's exercised Stock option expense Preferred shares converted to common Shares repurchased Balances at December 31, 2018 — 42,307 — 50,047,652 662,256 (833,295) — $ 15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (1,625,000) — — — — — 833,295 — (10,093) — — — — — — — — — — — 6,562 — — 256 828 — — — — — (6,204) — — — — — — — — — 1,753 — — — — (12,759) (12,759) (169,806) — (169,806) 6,562 — — — — — — (6,204) 1,753 256 828 — (10,093) $ 15 4,569,233 $ 1 849,728 $(10,342) $ 445,452 $ 41,731 $ (6,423) $ (9,301) $ (702,392) $ (241,259) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 72 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit December 31, 2019 (in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts) Preferred Stock Treasury Stock Additional Equity-Based Translation Losses, Accumulated Stockholders' Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Unrealized Foreign Pension Currency Actuarial Total Common Stock Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid in Capital Compensation Adjustment net of tax Deficit Deficit Balances at January 1, 2019 Net loss January 1 to December 31, 2019 Equity-based compensation Foreign currency translation adjustment Net realized pension actuarial gains, net of tax RSUs vested Withholding of employee taxes on vested RSUs Shares repurchased Preferred shares converted to common Balances at December 31, 2019 50,047,652 $ 15 4,569,233 $ 1 849,728 $(10,342) $ 445,452 $ 41,731 $ (6,423) $ (9,301) $ (702,392) $ (241,259) — — — — 203,494 — (79,321) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 79,321 — (607) 112,071 — (275,000) — — — — — — — — — — — — 7,828 — — — (223) — — — — (906) — — — — — — — — 1,242 — — — — (509,116) — (509,116) 7,828 — — — — — — (906) 1,242 — (223) (607) — 50,283,896 $ 15 4,294,233 $ 1 929,049 $(10,949) $ 445,452 $ 49,336 $ (7,329) $ (8,059) $ (1,211,508) $ (743,041) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 73 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit December 31, 2020 (in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts) Common Stock Preferred Stock Treasury Stock Additional Equity-Based Translation Losses, Accumulated Stockholder Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Unrealized Foreign Pension Currency Actuarial Total Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid in Capital Compensation Adjustment net of tax Deficit Balances at January 1, 2020 Net loss January 1 to December 31, 2020 Equity-based compensation Foreign currency translation adjustment Net realized pension actuarial gains, net of tax Shares returned in connection with the Appraisal Action following repayment of Margin Loan Preferred shares converted to common shares Settlement gain on related party payable to Ex-Sigma 2 RSUs vested Adjustment to number of shares withheld in lieu of tax obligation of RSU holders in the year 2018 Balances at December 31, 2020 Shares 50,283,896 $ — — — — 15 — — — — 4,294,233 $ — — — — 1 — — — — — — — — 929,049 $(10,949) $ (1,523,578) 409,238 — 71,747 — — — (1,004,183) — — — — — 1,523,578 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 445,452 $ — — — — 49,336 $ — 2,846 — — (7,329) $ — — (90) — (8,059) $ (1,211,508) $ — — — (9,005) (178,530) — — — — — 1,287 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 921 49,242,225 $ — 15 — 3,290,050 $ — 1 2,451,706 $(10,949) $ (921) — — 446,739 $ — 52,183 $ — — (7,419) $ (17,064) $ (1,390,038) $ — Deficit (743,04 (178,53 2,84 (9 (9,00 — — 1,28 — — (926,53 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 74 Table of Contents Exela Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands of United States dollars unless otherwise stated) Cash flows from operating activities Net loss Adjustments to reconcile net loss Depreciation and amortization Original issue discount and debt issuance cost amortization Debt modification and extinguishment costs Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Provision for doubtful accounts Deferred income tax provision Share-based compensation expense Unrealized foreign currency losses Loss (gain) on sale of assets Fair value adjustment for interest rate swap Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect from acquisitions Accounts receivable Prepaid expenses and other assets Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Related party payables Additions to outsource contract costs Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment Additions to internally developed software Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash received Cash paid for earnouts Proceeds from sale of assets Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Repurchases of Common Stock Cash paid for equity issuance costs Borrowings under factoring arrangement and Securitization Facilities Principal repayment on borrowings under factoring arrangement and Securitization Facilities Cash paid for withholding taxes on vested RSUs Lease terminations Cash paid for debt issuance costs Principal payments on finance lease obligations Borrowings from senior secured revolving facility Repayments on senior secured revolving facility Proceeds from senior secured term loans Borrowings from other loans Principal repayments on senior secured term loans and other loans Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Effect of exchange rates on cash Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash, restricted cash, and cash equivalents Beginning of period End of period Supplemental cash flow data: Income tax payments, net of refunds received Interest paid Noncash investing and financing activities: Assets acquired through right-of-use arrangements Leasehold improvements funded by lessor Settlement gain on related party payable to Ex-Sigma 2 Accrued capital expenditures 4,372 — 1,287 2,124 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 75 Years ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 $ (178,530) $ (509,116) $ (169,806) 93,953 15,117 8,296 — 422 7,940 2,846 (414) (43,338) (375) 54,538 (1,379) 12,015 (353) (519) (29,781) (11,663) (3,825) (12,500) (700) 50,126 21,438 — — 297,673 (203,841) (7) (337) (16,205) (12,758) 29,750 (14,200) — 29,260 (45,973) 63,362 1,191 56,210 14,099 70,309 2,695 152,678 $ $ $ $ 100,903 11,777 1,049 349,557 4,304 1,093 7,827 (511) 556 4,337 4,410 (4,825) (19,588) (14,339) (1,285) (63,851) (14,360) (6,182) (5,000) — 360 (25,182) (3,480) — 68,283 (64,976) (223) (318) (7) (20,465) 206,500 (141,500) 29,850 39,153 (53,678) 59,139 139 (29,755) 43,854 14,099 7,882 144,456 10,732 — — 1,402 $ $ 138,077 10,913 103 48,127 2,767 3,220 7,647 (1,180) 2,687 (2,540) (19,319) (2,820) 8,815 918 (4,009) 23,600 (20,072) (7,438) (34,810) — 3,568 (58,752) (7,221) (7,500) — — — (592) (130) (16,068) 30,000 (30,000) 30,000 11,557 (12,651) (2,605) 122 (37,635) 81,489 43,854 7,827 146,076 14,920 1,565 — 2,820 Table of Contents 1. Description of the Business Organization Exela Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “Exela”) is a global provider of transaction processing solutions, enterprise information management, document management and digital business process services. The Company provides mission-critical information and transaction processing solutions services to clients across three major industry verticals: (1) Information & Transaction Processing, (2) Healthcare Solutions, and (3) Legal and Loss Prevention Services. The Company manages information and document driven business processes and offers solutions and services to fulfill specialized knowledge-based processing and consulting requirements, enabling clients to concentrate on their core competencies. Through its outsourcing solutions, the Company enables businesses to streamline their internal and external communications and workflows. The Company was originally incorporated in Delaware on July 15, 2014 as a special purpose acquisition company under the name Quinpario Acquisition Corp 2 (“Quinpario”) for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination involving Quinpario and one or more businesses or entities. On July 12, 2017 (the “Closing”), the Company consummated its business combination with SourceHOV Holdings, Inc. (“SourceHOV”) and Novitex Holdings, Inc. (“Novitex”) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated February 21, 2017, among the Company, Quinpario Merger Sub I, Inc., Quinpario Merger Sub II, Inc., SourceHOV, Novitex, HOVS LLC, HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC and Novitex Parent, L.P., as amended (the “Novitex Business Combination”). In connection with the Closing, the Company changed its name from Quinpario Acquisition Corp 2 to Exela Technologies, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company” refers to the combined company and its subsidiaries following the Novitex Business Combination, “Quinpario” refers to the Company prior to the closing of the Novitex Business Combination, “SourceHOV” refers to SourceHOV prior to the Novitex Business Combination or SourceHOV on a standalone basis and “Novitex” refers to Novitex prior to the Novitex Business Combination. 2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Principles of Consolidation The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, the Company evaluates its relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10, Consolidation and whether the Company is the primary beneficiary. Consolidation is required if both of these criteria are met. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Company’s variable interest in Ex-Sigma: The HGM Group and other former SourceHOV equity holders formed Ex-Sigma LLC (the “Ex-Sigma”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ex-Sigma 2 LLC (the “Ex-Sigma 2”), to 76 Table of Contents hold the Exela shares to be issued to SourceHOV as merger consideration upon the closing of the Novitex Business Combination and to invest in Exela immediately prior to the closing. Ex-Sigma 2 secured additional PIPE financing in the form of a $55.8 million loan (the “Margin Loan”) that was used to purchase additional common and preferred shares from the Company to help meet the minimum cash requirements needed to close the Novitex Business Combination. As a result of these transactions, the Company issued 28,304,167 shares of Common Stock to Ex-Sigma 2 at the closing, which represented approximately 54.9% ownership in the Company at that time and were pledged as collateral for the Margin Loan. The Company determined that Ex-Sigma was a variable interest entity and that the Company had a variable interest in Ex- Sigma through an expense reimbursement arrangement related to the Margin Loan and contained in the Consent, Waiver and Amendment dated June 15, 2017 by and among the Company, Quinpario Merger Sub I, Inc., Quinpario Merger Sub II, Inc., Novitex, Novitex Parent, L.P., Ex-Sigma, HOVS LLC and HandsOnFund 4 I, LLC, amending the Novitex Business Combination Agreement (the “Consent, Waiver and Amendment”). The Consent, Waiver and Amendment provided among other things for the Company to reimburse Ex-Sigma for costs and fees related to the maintenance of the Margin Loan, other than payments of principal, interest and original issue discount. The Company was not the primary beneficiary because the Company did not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impacted the economic performance of Ex-Sigma. Accordingly, the Company did not consolidate the financial statements of Ex-Sigma and did not have any assets or liabilities related to Ex-Sigma and the Company did not have an investment in Ex-Sigma. The Company reaffirmed its assessment as of December 31, 2020. Ex-Sigma 2 paid off the balance of the Margin Loan as of December 31, 2019, and as such the maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Company’s involvement with Ex-Sigma is $0. Ex-Sigma 2 distributed the shares held by it during the first quarter of 2020 and is no longer a shareholder of Exela. Ex-Sigma and Ex-Sigma 2 ceased to be variable interest entities upon the distribution that occurred on February 21, 2020. Use of Estimates in Preparation of the Financial Statements Estimates and judgments relied upon in preparing these consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition for multiple element arrangements, allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, employee benefits, equity- based compensation, contingencies, goodwill, intangible assets, right of use assets and obligation, pension obligations, pension assets, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in acquisitions, and asset and liability valuations. The Company regularly assesses these estimates and records changes in estimates in the period in which they become known. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Reverse Stock Split On January 25, 2021, we effected a one-for-three reverse split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”). As a result of the Reverse Split every three (3) shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding were automatically combined into one (1) share of issued and outstanding Common Stock, without any change in the par value per share. All information related to Common Stock, stock options, restricted stock units, warrants and earnings per share have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented. Giving effect to the Reverse Split the Company’s issued and outstanding stock decreased from 147,511,430 to 49,242,225 and 150,851,689 to 50,283,896 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Going Concern Under ASC Subtopic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (“ASC 205-40”), the Company has the responsibility to evaluate whether conditions and/or events raise substantial doubt about its ability to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. As 77 Table of Contents required under ASC 205-40, management’s evaluation should initially not take into consideration the potential mitigating effects of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Substantial Doubt Raised In performing the first step of the evaluation, we concluded that the following conditions raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern: ● history of net losses of $178.5 million and $509.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This is after considering a gain of $35.5 million on the sale of SourceHOV Tax, LLC and a gain of $8.7 million on the sale of our physical record storage and logistics business each recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020, and including goodwill and other intangible asset impairment of $349.6 million, for the year ended December 31, 2019; ● net operating cash outflow of $29.8 million and $63.9 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively; ● working capital deficits of $131.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and $147.1 million as of December 31, 2019; ● significant cash payments for interest on our long-term debt of $152.7 million in 2020 and a similar amount expected in 2021; ● a liability incurred of $60.7 million for the Appraisal Action (as described further in Note 14); ● a requirement that the Company maintain a minimum of $35.0 million in liquidity, at all times, to not be in default of the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2017, as amended and restated as of July 13, 2018 and as further amended and restated as of April 16, 2019 (the “Prior Credit Agreement” and as further amended and restated as of May 18, 2020, the “Credit Agreement”); and ● an adverse impact on the results of operations, financial condition and liquidity related to effect of COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, under the terms of each of the Prior Credit Agreement, and the Indenture and First Supplemental Indenture (collectively, the “Indenture”), dated July 12, 2017, the Company was required to deliver to its lenders and bondholders the December 31, 2019 audited financial statements by April 14, 2020, which the Company failed to do. Such failure was an event of default under the Prior Credit Agreement if not cured within 30 days of receiving a notice of default. The Company received such notice on April 15, 2020. Additionally, under the terms of the A/R Facility (as described in Note 5), the Company was required to furnish to each lender the December 31, 2019 audited financial statements by May 11, 2020, which the Company failed to do. On May 18, 2020, the Company amended the Prior Credit Agreement to, among other things, extend the time for delivery of its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. On May 21, 2020, the Company also amended the A/R Facility to, among other things, extend the time for delivery of its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. The Company satisfied its delivery requirements with respect to its audited financial statements for December 31, 2019 on June 9, 2020 and its quarterly financial statement for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 on June 29, 2020. During the second quarter of 2020, both the Prior Credit Agreement and the A/R Facility were amended, as discussed further below in Consideration of Management’s Plans. Consideration of Management’s Plans In performing the second step of this assessment, we are required to evaluate whether it is probable that our plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the financial statements are issued and whether it is probable those plans will alleviate the substantial doubt raised about our ability to continue as a going concern. 78 Table of Contents As of March 18, 2021, the Company had $54.1 million of liquidity, comprised of available cash of $34.4 million and availability under borrowing facilities of $19.7 million. This excludes an add back for certain fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Company relating to the Credit Agreement and the receivables financings of approximately $20.1 million which is otherwise permitted under the definition of minimum liquidity in the Credit Agreement. The Company has undertaken the following plans and actions, since substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern was initially raised in the December 31, 2019 financial statements, to improve our available cash balances, liquidity and cash generated flows from operations, over the twelve month period from the date the financial statements are issued, as follows: ● On January 10, 2020, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $160.0 million accounts receivables financing facility with a five-year term (as amended, the “A/R Facility”). The Company used the proceeds of the initial borrowings to repay outstanding revolving borrowings under the Company’s senior credit facility and to provide additional liquidity and funding for the ongoing business needs of the Company and its subsidiaries. No amounts are outstanding under this facility. ● On March 16, 2020, the Company and its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, Merco Holdings, LLC and SourceHOV Tax, LLC entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC at which time Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of SourceHov Tax for $40.0 million, which was adjusted downwards by $2.0 million in accordance with the purchase agreement, which can be used to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in our business or to make certain investments and acquisitions as permitted by the Credit Agreement. ● On March 23, 2020, in response to the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company implemented a freeze on increases to base salaries and wages unless contractually mandated. Additionally, in connection with the incentive program administered by the Company for hourly, non-exempt employees, a new maximum was put in place to limit the amount of incentives that could be earned in any given two (2) week pay period. ● On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The refundable payroll tax credits and deferment of employer side social security payments provisions of the CARES Act will benefit the Company’s liquidity by $27.9 million. The Company is required to remit previously deferred employer side social security payments in two equal installments, due December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, respectively. ● On May 18, 2020, the Company amended the Prior Credit Agreement, which requires the Company to maintain a minimum liquidity of $35.0 million. However, the definition of minimum liquidity in the Credit Agreement allows the Company to add back certain fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Company relating to the Credit Agreement and the receivables financings of approximately $19.2 million. ● On July 22, 2020 the Company completed the sale of its physical records storage and logistics business for a purchase price of $12.3 million, which can be used to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in our business or to make certain investments and acquisitions as permitted by the Credit Agreement. ● On December 17, 2020, certain subsidiaries of the Company closed on a $145.0 million securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”) with a five year term. Borrowings under the Securitization Facility are subject to an improved borrowing base definition that consists of receivables and, subject to contribution, further supported by inventory and intellectual property, in each case, subject to certain eligibility criteria, concentration limits and reserves. On December 17, 2020 the Company made the initial borrowing of 79 Table of Contents approximately $92.0 million under the Securitization Facility and used a portion of the proceeds to repay the A/R Facility, which terminated on such date. ● In December 2020, the Company decided to close one of its production facilities. It also limited discretionary bonus payments to certain corporate and production personnel. In January 2021, the Company completed a furlough program mostly impacting corporate positions. These initiatives are expected to result in costs saving of $32.5 million through March 31, 2022. ● On March 15, 2021, the Company completed a private placement of common stock and warrants. The net proceeds to the Company were $25.2 million. Substantial Doubt Alleviated The Company has had a history of negative trends in its financial condition and operating results as well as recent noncompliance with covenants with certain of its lenders. However, despite these conditions, the Company believes management’s plans and actions to date, as described fully above, will provide sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations and further, maintain levels of liquidity as specifically required under the Credit Agreement and the Securitization Facility. Therefore, management concluded these plans alleviate the substantial doubt that was raised about our ability to continue as a going concern for at least twelve months from the date that the financial statements were issued. Future Plans and Other Considerations The Securitization Facility provides for an initial funding of approximately $92.0 million supported by the receivables portion of the borrowing base and, subject to contribution, a further funding of approximately $53.0 million supported by inventory and intellectual property. Our plans to further enhance liquidity, which were not considered for the purposes of our assessment of whether substantial doubt is alleviated, include the potential sale of certain non-core assets that are not central to the Company’s long-term strategic vision, and any potential action with respect to these operations would be intended to allow the Company to better focus on its core businesses. The Company has retained financial advisors to assist with the sale of select assets. The Company expects to use the potential net proceeds from this initiative for the paydown of debt. Additionally, as discussed in Note 14, the petitioners in the Appraisal Action have filed additional actions to recognize the judgment against SourceHOV, which is a subsidiary without assets to satisfy the judgement. The Company does not expect these actions to be resolved and a settlement of liability recorded for the Appraisal Action to be made within twelve months from the date the financial statements were issued. Our plans are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, which become significantly magnified when the effects of the current pandemic and related financial uncertainty are included in the assessment. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our future plans can be effectively implemented and, therefore, that the conditions can be effectively mitigated. Impact of COVID-19 Our global operations continue to expose us to risks associated with the coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19”), which continues to result in challenging operating environments and has affected almost all of the countries and territories in which we operate. Authorities across the world have implemented measures like travel bans, quarantines, curfews, restrictions on public gatherings, shelter in place orders, business shutdowns and closures to control the spread of COVID-19. These measures, alongside the virus itself, have impacted, and we expect will continue to impact, us, our customers, suppliers and other third parties with whom we do business, as well as the global economy, demand for our 80 Table of Contents services and spending across many sectors, as a whole. While some jurisdictions have now started to implement plans for reopening, there are others which had to return to restrictions due to increased spread of COVID-19. The Company is dependent on its workforce to deliver its solutions and services. While we have developed and implemented health and safety protocols, business continuity plans and crisis management protocols in an effort to try to mitigate the negative impact of COVID-19, restrictions such as shutdowns, social distancing and stay-at-home orders in various jurisdictions have impacted and will continue to impact the Company’s ability to deploy its workforce effectively. A part of our workforce has now started to operate from offices and delivery centers, but many are still operating in a remote work environment. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of this report and the extent to which COVID-19 will ultimately impact the Company’s business depends upon various dynamic factors which are difficult to be predicted reliably. Management continues to actively monitor the global situation and its impact on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Given the continuous evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to fully estimate adverse effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity. Segment Reporting The Company consists of the following three segments: 1. Information & Transaction Processing Solutions (“ITPS”). ITPS provides industry-specific solutions for banking and financial services, including lending solutions for mortgages and auto loans, and banking solutions for clearing, anti-money laundering, sanctions, and interbank cross-border settlement; property and casualty insurance solutions for origination, enrollments, claims processing, and benefits administration communications; public sector solutions for income tax processing, benefits administration, and record management; multi-industry solutions for payment processing and reconciliation, integrated receivables and payables management, document logistics and location services, records management and electronic storage of data, documents; and software, hardware, professional services and maintenance related to information and transaction processing automation, among others. 2. Healthcare Solutions (“HS”). HS offerings include revenue cycle solutions, integrated accounts payable and accounts receivable, and information management for both the healthcare payer and provider markets. Payer service offerings include claims processing, claims adjudication and auditing services, enrollment processing and policy management, and scheduling and prescription management. Provider service offerings include medical coding and insurance claim generation, underpayment audit and recovery, and medical records management. 3. Legal and Loss Prevention Services (“LLPS”). LLPS solutions include processing of legal claims for class action and mass action settlement administrations, involving project management support, notification and outreach to claimants, collection, analysis and distribution of settlement funds. Additionally, LLPS provides data and analytical services in the context of litigation consulting, economic and statistical analysis, expert witness services, and revenue recovery services for delinquent accounts receivable. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include cash deposited with financial institutions and liquid investments with original maturity dates equal to or less than three months. All bank deposits and money market accounts are considered cash and cash equivalents. The Company holds cash and cash equivalents at major financial institutions, which often exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits. Historically, the Company has not experienced any losses due to bank depository concentration. Certificates of deposit and fixed deposits whose original maturity is greater than three months and one year or less are classified as short-term investments, and certificates of deposit and fixed deposits whose maturity is greater than one year at the balance sheet date are classified as non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The purchase of 81 Table of Contents any certificates of deposit or fixed deposits that are classified as short-term investments or non-current assets appear in the investing section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. Obligation for Claim Payment As part of the Company's legal claims processing service, the Company holds cash for various settlement funds once the fund is in the wind down stage and claims have been paid. The cash is used to pay tax obligations and other liabilities of the settlement funds. The Company has recorded a liability for the settlement funds received, which is included in Obligation for claim payment in the consolidated balance sheets, of $29.3 million and $39.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Accounts receivable are carried at the original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful accounts. Revenue that has been earned but remains unbilled at the end of the period is recorded as a component of accounts receivable, net. The Company specifically analyzes accounts receivable and historical bad debts, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment terms and collection trends when evaluating the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances against the allowance for doubtful accounts, net of any amounts recorded in deferred revenue, when it becomes probable that the receivable will not be collected. Inventories Our inventories primarily include heavy-duty scanners and related parts, toner, paper stock, envelopes and postage supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable values and include the cost of raw materials, labor, and purchased subassemblies. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight- line method (which approximates the use of the assets) over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When these assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset and related depreciation is relieved, and any gain or loss is included in the consolidated statements of operations for the period of sale or disposal. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease term or the useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Intangible Assets Customer Relationships Customer relationship intangible assets represent customer contracts and relationships obtained as part of acquired businesses. Customer relationship values are estimated by evaluating various factors including historical attrition rates, contractual provisions and customer growth rates, among others. The estimated average useful lives of customer relationships range from 4 to 16 years depending on facts and circumstances. These intangible assets are primarily amortized based on undiscounted cash flows. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of intangible assets on an annual basis to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Trade Names The Company has determined that its trade name intangible assets are indefinite-lived assets and therefore are not subject to amortization. Trade names are tested for impairment as per the Company’s policy for impairment of indefinite-lived assets. 82 Table of Contents Trademarks The Company has determined that its trademark intangible assets resulting from acquisitions are definite-lived assets and therefore are subject to amortization. The Company amortizes such trademarks on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is typically one year. As of December 31, 2020 these trademarks were fully amortized. Developed Technology The Company has acquired various developed technologies embedded in its technology platform. Developed technology is an integral asset to the Company in providing solutions to customers and is recorded as an intangible asset. The Company amortizes developed technology on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is typically 5 to 8.5 years. Capitalized Software Costs The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred to develop software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed after establishing technological feasibility in accordance with ASC section 985-20, Software—Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, and the Company capitalizes costs to develop or purchase internal-use software in accordance with ASC section 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other— Internal-Use Software. Significant estimates and assumptions include determining the appropriate period over which to amortize the capitalized costs based on estimated useful lives and estimating the marketability of the commercial software products and related future revenues. The Company amortizes capitalized software costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is typically 3 to 5 years. Outsourced Contract Costs Costs of outsourcing contracts, including costs incurred for bid and proposal activities, are generally expensed as incurred. However, certain costs incurred upon initiation of an outsourcing contract are deferred and expensed on a straight-line basis over the estimated contract term. These costs represent incremental external costs or certain specific internal costs that are directly related to the contract acquisition or fulfillment activities and can be separated into two principal categories: contract commissions and set- up/fulfillment costs. Contract fulfillment costs are capitalized only if they are directly attributable to a specifically anticipated future contract; represent the enhancement of resources that will be used in satisfying a future performance obligation (the services under the anticipated contract); and are expected to be recovered. Non-compete Agreements The Company acquired certain non-compete agreements in connection with the Novitex Business Combination. These were related to four Novitex executives that were terminated following the acquisition. As of December 31, 2020 these agreements were fully amortized. Assembled Workforce The Company acquired an assembled workforce in an asset purchase transaction in the fourth quarter of 2018. The Company recognized an intangible asset for the acquired assembled workforce and amortizes the asset on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of four years. Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Assets The Company conducts its annual indefinite-lived assets impairment tests on October 1st of each year for its indefinite-lived assets, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. When performing the impairment test, the Company has the option of performing a qualitative or quantitative assessment to determine if an impairment has occurred. A quantitative assessment requires comparison of fair value of the asset to its carrying value. If carrying value of the indefinite-lived assets exceeds fair value, the Company recognizes an impairment loss by an amount which is 83 Table of Contents equal to the excess of carrying value over fair value. The Company utilizes the Income Approach, specifically the Relief-from-Royalty method, which has the basic tenet that a user of that intangible asset would have to make a stream of payments to the owner of the asset in return for the rights to use that asset. Refer to Note 9- Intangible Assets and Goodwill for additional discussion of impairment of trade names. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, including finite-lived trade names, trademarks, customer relationships, developed technology, capitalized software costs, outsourced contract costs, acquired software, workforce, and property, plant and equipment, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows based in part on the financial results and the expectation of future performance. The Company did not record any material impairment related to its property, plant, and equipment, customer relationships, trademarks, developed technology, capitalized software cost, assembled workforce or outsourced contract costs for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed arising from business combinations. Goodwill is generally allocated to reporting units based upon relative fair value (taking into consideration other factors such as synergies) when an acquired business is integrated into multiple reporting units. The Company's reporting units are at the operating segment level, which discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management. When a business within a reporting unit is disposed of, goodwill is allocated to the disposed business using the relative fair value method. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment tests on October 1st of each year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. When performing the annual impairment test, the Company has the option of performing a qualitative or quantitative assessment to determine if an impairment has occurred. If a qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company would be required to perform a quantitative impairment analysis for goodwill. The quantitative analysis requires a comparison of fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company uses a combination of the Guideline Public Company Method of the Market Approach and the Discounted Cash Flow Method of the Income Approach to determine the reporting unit fair value. Refer to Note 9- Intangible Assets and Goodwill for additional discussion of impairment of goodwill. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities As required by ASC 815—Derivatives and Hedging, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting. The Company's objective in using interest rate derivatives is to manage its exposure to variable interest rates related to its term loan under the Credit Agreement. In order to accomplish this objective, in November 2017, the 84 Table of Contents Company entered into a three year, one-month LIBOR interest rate contract with a notional amount of $347.8 million. The contract will mitigate the variable interest rate risk related to the LIBOR with a fixed interest rate paid semi-annually starting January 12, 2018. The following table summarizes the Company’s interest rate swap positions as of December 31, 2020: December 31, 2020 Effective date 1/12/2018 Maturity date 1/12/2021 (In Millions) Notional Amount $ 328.1 Weighted Average Interest Rate 1.9275 % The interest rate swap, which is used to manage the Company's exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks, was not designated as a hedge. As such, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded directly in other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net includes a gain of $0.4 million and a loss of $4.3 million related to the change in fair value of the interest rate swap for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Fair value of interest rate swap is recorded in the accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Benefit Plan Accruals The Company has defined benefit plans in the U.K and Germany, under which participants earn a retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in the respective plans. The Company records annual amounts relating to its pension plans based on calculations that incorporate various actuarial and other assumptions, including discount rates, mortality, assumed rates of return, and compensation increases. The Company reviews its assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is appropriate to do so. Leases The Company determines if a contract is, or contains, a lease at contract inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use ("ROU") assets, current portion of operating lease liabilities and operating lease liabilities, net of current portion in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. Finance leases are included in property, plant and equipment, current portion of finance lease liabilities and finance lease liabilities, net of current portion in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. In addition, ROU assets include initial direct costs incurred by the lessee as well as any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, and exclude lease incentives. As most of the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Leases with a term of one year or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Finance lease ROU assets are amortized over the lease term or the useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. The amortization of finance lease ROU assets is recorded in depreciation expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For operating leases, we recognize expense for lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Stock-Based Compensation The Company accounts for all equity-classified awards under stock-based compensation plans at their “fair value.” This fair value is measured at the fair value of the awards at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The fair value of the awards on the grant date is determined using the stock price on the respective grand date in the case of restricted stock units and using an option pricing model 85 Table of Contents in the case of stock options. The expense resulting from share-based payments is recorded in Selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Revenue Recognition We account for revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in ASC 606. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. The contract transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. All of our material sources of revenue are derived from contracts with customers, primarily relating to the provision of business and transaction processing services within each of our segments. We do not have any significant extended payment terms, as payment is received shortly after goods are delivered or services are provided. Nature of Services Our primary performance obligations are to stand ready to provide various forms of business processing services, consisting of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer over time, and accordingly are combined into a single performance obligation. Our promise to our customers is typically to perform an unknown or unspecified quantity of tasks and the consideration received is contingent upon the customers’ use (i.e., number of transactions processed, requests fulfilled, etc.); as such, the total transaction price is variable. We allocate the variable fees to the single performance obligation charged to the distinct service period in which we have the contractual right to bill under the contract. Disaggregation of Revenues The following tables disaggregate revenue from contracts by geographic region and by segment for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: U.S.A. $ EMEA Other Total ITPS 769,487 213,418 22,138 $ 1,005,043 2020 HS $ 219,047 LLPS $ 68,472 — — — — $ 219,047 $ 68,472 Total $ 1,057,006 213,418 22,138 $ 1,292,562 Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ ITPS 958,625 248,466 27,193 $ 1,234,284 HS $ 256,721 — — Total $ 1,286,678 248,466 27,193 $ 256,721 $ 71,332 $ 1,562,337 LLPS $ 71,332 — — ITPS $ 1,034,941 211,314 27,392 $ 1,273,647 HS $ 228,015 — — Total $ 1,347,516 211,314 27,392 $ 228,015 $ 84,560 $ 1,586,222 LLPS $ 84,560 — — Contract Balances The following table presents contract assets, contract liabilities and contract costs recognized at December 31, 2020 and 2019: Accounts receivable, net Deferred revenues Customer deposits Costs to obtain and fulfill a contract $ December 31, 2020 206,868 16,919 21,277 3,295 $ December 31, 2019 261,400 16,621 27,765 4,977 Accounts receivable, net includes $23.2 million and $34.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, representing amounts not billed to customers. We have accrued the unbilled receivables for work performed in accordance with the terms of contracts with customers. Deferred revenues relate to payments received in advance of performance under a contract. A significant portion of this balance relates to maintenance contracts or other service contracts where we received payments for upfront conversions or implementation activities which do not transfer a service to the customer but rather are used in 86 Table of Contents fulfilling the related performance obligations that transfer over time. The advance consideration received from customers is deferred over the contract term. We recognized revenue of $14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 that had been deferred as of December 31, 2019. Costs incurred to obtain and fulfill contracts are deferred and presented as part of intangible assets, net and expensed on a straight-line basis over the estimated benefit period. We recognized $2.4 million and $2.9 million of amortization for these costs in 2020 and 2019, respectively, within depreciation and amortization expense. These costs represent incremental external costs or certain specific internal costs that are directly related to the contract acquisition or fulfillment and can be separated into two principal categories: contract commissions and fulfillment costs. Applying the practical expedient in ASC 340-40-25-4, we recognize the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period would have been one year or less. These costs are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses. The effect of applying this practical expedient was not material. Customer deposits consist primarily of amounts received from customers in advance for postage. These advanced postage deposits are used to cover the costs associated with postage, with the corresponding postage revenue being recognized as services are performed. Performance Obligations At the inception of each contract, we assess the goods and services promised in our contracts and identify each distinct performance obligation. The majority of our contracts have a single performance obligation, as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts. For the majority of our business and transaction processing service contracts, revenues are recognized as services are provided based on an appropriate input or output method, typically based on the related labor or transactional volumes. Certain of our contracts have multiple performance obligations, including contracts that combine software implementation services with post-implementation customer support. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using our best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under which we estimate our expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and add an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. We also use the adjusted market approach whereby we estimate the price that customers in the market would be willing to pay. In assessing whether to allocate variable consideration to a specific part of the contract, we consider the nature of the variable payment and whether it relates specifically to its efforts to satisfy a specific part of the contract. Certain of our software implementation performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time, typically when customer acceptance is obtained. When evaluating the transaction price, we analyze, on a contract-by-contract basis, all applicable variable consideration. The nature of our contracts give rise to variable consideration, including volume discounts, contract penalties, and other similar items that generally decrease the transaction price. We estimate these amounts based on the expected amount to be provided to customers and reduce revenues recognized. We do not anticipate significant changes to our estimates of variable consideration. We include reimbursements from customers, such as postage costs, in revenue, while the related costs are included in cost of revenue. Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations In accordance with optional exemptions available under ASC 606, we did not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (a) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less, and (b) contracts for which variable consideration relates entirely to an unsatisfied performance obligation, which comprise the majority of our contracts. We have certain non-cancellable contracts where we receive a fixed monthly fee in exchange for a series of 87 Table of Contents distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer over time, with the corresponding remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2020 in each of the future periods below: Estimated Remaining Fixed Consideration for Unsatisfied Performance Obligations 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 and thereafter Total Research and Development $ $ 54,229 35,692 29,022 26,849 27,144 — 172,936 Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs expensed for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $1.1 million, $1.7 million, and $2.0 million, respectively. Advertising Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, were $0.7 million, $1.1 million, and $0.9 million, respectively. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes by using the asset and liability method. The Company accounts for income taxes regarding uncertain tax positions and recognized interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax benefit/(expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. Deferred income taxes are recognized on the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable in future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities, as determined under tax laws and rates. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to numerous ownership changes, the Company is subject to limitations on existing net operating losses under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Accordingly, valuation allowances have been established against a portion of the net operating losses to reflect estimated Section 382 limitations. The Company also considered the realizability of net operating losses not limited by Section 382. The Company did not consider future book income as a source of taxable income when assessing if a portion of the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized. However, scheduling the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities indicated that a portion of the deferred tax assets are likely to be realized. Therefore, partial valuation allowances were established against a portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets. In the event the Company determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets that have valuation allowances established, an adjustment to the net deferred tax assets would be recognized as a component of income tax expense through continuing operations. The Company engages in transactions (i.e. acquisitions) in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty and examination by the varying taxing authorities. Therefore, judgment is required by the Company in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. While the Company’s tax returns are prepared and based on the Company’s interpretation of tax laws and regulations, in the normal course of business the tax returns are subject to examination by the various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future assessments of additional tax, interest and penalties. For purposes of the Company’s income tax provision, a tax benefit is not recognized if the tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits. Considerable judgment is involved in determining which tax positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Refer to Note 12 - Income Taxes for further information. 88 Table of Contents Loss Contingencies The Company reviews the status of each significant matter, if any, and assesses its potential financial exposure considering all available information including, but not limited to, the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other updated information and events pertaining to a particular matter. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, the Company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. Judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of uncertainties related to loss contingencies, accruals are based on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, the Company reassesses the potential liability related to its pending claims and litigation, and may revise its estimates. These revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on the results of operations and financial position of the Company. The Company’s liabilities exclude any estimates for legal costs not yet incurred associated with handling these matters. Operations A portion of the Company’s labor and operations is situated outside of the United States in India and other locations. The carrying value of long-lived assets that are situated outside of the United States is approximately $31.2 million and $33.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Foreign Currency Translation The functional currency for the Company’s production operations located in India, Philippines, China, and Mexico is the United States dollar. Included in other expense as Sundry expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations are net exchange gain of $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company has determined all other international subsidiaries’ functional currency is the local currency. These assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date while income and expense amounts are translated at average exchange rates during the period. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are disclosed as a separate component of other comprehensive loss. Beneficial Conversion Feature The Company's Series A Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) contains a beneficial conversion feature, which arises when a debt or equity security is issued with an embedded conversion option that is beneficial to the investor or in the money at inception because the conversion option has an effective strike price that is less than the market price of the underlying stock at the commitment date. The Company recognized the beneficial conversion feature by allocating the intrinsic value of the conversion option, which is the number of shares of Common Stock available upon conversion multiplied by the difference between the effective conversion price per share and the fair value of Common Stock per share on the commitment date, to additional paid-in capital, resulting in a discount on the Series A Preferred Stock. As a result of the occurrence of events meeting the definition of a “Fundamental Change” as defined in the Certificate of Designations, Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company during the period, the Company recognized the entire dividend equivalent of $16.4 million as of December 31, 2017. There was no dividend equivalent recognized in 2018, 2019 and 2020. Net Loss per Share Earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net loss available to holders of the Company’s Common Stock by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period, excluding the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. Diluted EPS gives effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue Common Stock were exercised or converted into Common Stock, using the more dilutive of the two-class method and if-converted method in periods of earnings. The two class method is an earnings allocation method 89 Table of Contents that determines earnings per share (when there are earnings) for Common Stock and participating securities. The if-converted method assumes all convertible securities are converted into Common Stock. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares of Common Stock if their effect is anti-dilutive. As the Company experienced net losses for the periods presented, the impact of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) was calculated using the if-converted method. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, if converted would have resulted in an additional 1,404,621 shares of Common Stock outstanding, however, they were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share as their effects were anti-dilutive. The Company was originally incorporated as a special purpose acquisition company under the name Quinpario Acquisition Corp 2 (“Quinpario”), which changed its name to Exela Technologies, Inc. in July 2017. The Company has not included the effect of 35,000,000 warrants sold in the Quinpario Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) or the effect of the aggregate number of shares issuable pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units and options of 1,662,155, 1,749,002 and 1,487,866, respectively in the calculation of diluted loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 as their effects were anti-dilutive (i.e. reduces the net loss per share). The components of basic and diluted EPS are as follows. All shares and per share amounts have been adjusted for a one share- for-three shares reverse stock split which took effect on January 26, 2021: Net loss attributable to common stockholders (A) Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted (B) Loss Per Share: Basic and diluted (A/B) $ $ 2020 (179,839) 49,144,429 (3.66) Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ $ (512,425) 48,572,979 (10.55) $ $ 2018 (173,461) 49,257,696 (3.52) The weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted, in the table above, exclude in each case the 1,523,578 shares returned to the Company in the first quarter of 2020 in connection with the Appraisal Action (as defined and described further in Note 14 below) which became treasury stock, but which were included in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Business Combinations The Company includes the results of operations of the businesses acquired as of the respective dates of acquisition. The Company allocates the fair value of the purchase price of acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Fair Value Measurements The Company records the fair value of assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value as the price received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity. In addition to defining fair value, ASC 820 expands the disclosure requirements around fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is 90 Table of Contents reported in one of the three levels, which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are: Level 1 — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 — quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 3 — unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability at fair value. Refer to Note 15 — Fair Value Measurement for further discussion. Concentration of Credit Risk Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents and certain other financial instruments with highly rated financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution. From time to time, the Company assesses the credit worthiness of its customers. Credit risk on trade receivables is minimized because of the large number of entities comprising the Company’s client base and their dispersion across many industries and geographic areas. The Company generally has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from any individual customer or groups of customers. The Company does not require collateral. Due to these factors, no additional credit risk beyond amounts provided for collection losses is believed by management to be probable in the Company’s accounts receivable, net. The Company does not have any significant customers that account for 10% or more of the total consolidated revenues. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements Effective March 12, 2020, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) no. 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the guidance in GAAP on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). Entities can elect not to apply certain modification accounting requirements to contracts affected by what the guidance calls reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. An entity that makes this election would not have to remeasure the contracts at the modification date or reassess a previous accounting determination. The guidance is effective upon issuance and generally can be applied through December 31, 2022. The adoption had no impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial position or disclosures. Effective March 9, 2020, the Company adopted ASU no. 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments. This ASU represents changes to clarify or improve the Codification. The amendments make the Codification easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications in relation to financial instruments. This guidance was effective immediately upon issuance. The additional elements of the ASU did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial position or disclosures. Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU no. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820); which changes the fair value measurement disclosure requirements of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC 820”). The amendments in this ASU are the result of a broader disclosure project called FASB Concepts Statement, Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting. The FASB used the guidance in the Concepts Statement to improve the effectiveness of ASC 820’s disclosure requirements. The objective of the disclosure requirements in this subtopic is to provide users of financial statements with information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position or disclosed in the notes to financial statements. The ASU includes but is not limited to the valuation techniques and inputs that a reporting entity uses to arrive at its measures of fair value, including judgments and assumptions that the 91 Table of Contents entity makes, the uncertainty in the fair value measurements as of the reporting date, and how changes in fair value measurements affect an entity’s performance and cash flows. The adoption had no material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial position or disclosures. Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU no. 2018-14, “Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans”. The standard revises the annual disclosure requirements by removing disclosures no longer considered cost beneficial, clarifying specific requirements of disclosures and adding certain disclosures identified as relevant. ASU 2018-14 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. The standard should be applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The standard did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU no. 2018-15, Intangibles, Goodwill, and Other - Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's accounting for implementation costs incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). Accordingly, the amendments require an entity (customer) in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to follow the guidance in Subtopic 350-40 to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as an asset related to the service contract and which costs to expense. The amendments also require the entity (customer) to expense the capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract over the term of the hosting arrangement, which includes reasonably certain renewals. The adoption had no material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial position or disclosures. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU no. 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842). This ASU increases transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2019, under the modified retrospective transition method provided by ASU 2018-11 with the following practical expedients below: ● Not to record leases with an initial term of 12 months or less on the balance sheet; and ● Not to reassess the (1) definition of a lease, (2) lease classification, and (3) initial direct costs for existing leases during transition. The adoption had a material impact on the Company's consolidated balance sheets, but did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows. The most significant impact was the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases, while the Company's accounting for finance leases remained substantially unchanged. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) no. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). Under ASU 2014-09, revenue is recognized based on a five-step model. The core principle of the model is that revenue will be recognized when the transfer of promised goods or services to customers is made in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company adopted this standard using the modified retrospective approach applied to those contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. The results for the reporting period beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented in accordance with the new standard, although historical information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards and policies in effect for those periods. The adoption of ASC 606 had a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of or for the period ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the change in contract costs capitalization criteria. However, we expect the impact of the adoption of the new standard will be immaterial to our results of operations on an ongoing basis. The cumulative effect of accounting change recognized was $12.8 million recorded as an increase to beginning balance of accumulated deficit. 92 Table of Contents Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU no. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The Company will be required to use a forward-looking expected credit loss model for accounts receivables, loans, and other financial instruments. This ASU along with related additional clarificatory guidance in the ASU No. 2019-05, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326)” and ASU No. 2019-11, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments— Credit Losses”, are effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of the standard will be applied using a modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the effective date. The Company is currently in the early stages of evaluating the impact that adopting this standard will have on the consolidated financial statements. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU no. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating some exceptions to the general approach in ASC 740, Income Taxes, for recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intraperiod allocation and calculating income taxes in interim periods. The ASU adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas, including recognizing deferred taxes for tax goodwill and allocating taxes to members of a consolidated group. It also clarifies certain aspects of the existing guidance to promote more consistent application, among other things. The ASU is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the early stages of evaluating the impact that adopting this standard will have on the consolidated financial statements. In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU no. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. The ASU eliminates two models in ASC 470-20 for convertible instruments that require separate accounting for embedded conversion features namely cash conversion model and beneficial conversion feature model. The guidance also requires entities to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments in the diluted earnings per share calculation and include the effect of share settlement for instruments that may be settled in cash or shares. The ASU is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the early stages of evaluating the impact that adopting this standard will have on the consolidated financial statements. 3. Sale of Non-Core Assets On March 16, 2020, the Company and its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, Merco Holdings, LLC and SourceHOV Tax, LLC entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC at which time Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of SourceHov Tax, LLC for $40.0 million subject to adjustment as set forth in the purchase agreement. The Company recognized a gain of $35.5 million on the sale of SourceHOV Tax, LLC during the first quarter of 2020, which takes into account approximately $2.0 million downwards adjustments to the purchase price in accordance with the purchase agreement. The gain on sale of SourceHOV Tax, LLC is included in Other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. On July 22, 2020, the Company completed the sale of its physical records storage and logistics business for a purchase price of $12.3 million. The Company recognized a gain of $8.7 million on the sale of physical records storage and logistics business during the third quarter of 2020. The gain on sale of physical records storage and logistics business is included in Other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. 93 Table of Contents 4. Inventories Inventories, net consist of the following: Work in process Finished goods Supplies and parts Less: Allowance for obsolescence 5. Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable, net consist of the following: Billed receivables Unbilled receivables Other Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts December 31, 2020 2019 $ 961 12,312 5,473 (4,432) 14,314 1,903 14,914 6,491 (4,261) 19,047 December 31, 2020 179,696 23,210 9,609 (5,647) 206,868 $ $ 2019 222,168 34,135 10,072 (4,975) 261,400 $ $ $ Unbilled receivables represent balances recognized as revenue that have not been billed to the customer. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a policy developed by historical experience and management judgment. Adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may occur based on market conditions or specific client circumstances. 6. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following: Prepaids Deposits 7. Leases December 31, 2020 30,459 632 31,091 $ $ 2019 23,243 420 23,663 $ $ Company leases numerous facilities worldwide with larger concentrations of space in Texas, Michigan, Connecticut, California, India, Mexico, the Philippines, and China. Company’s facilities house general offices, sales offices, service locations, and production facilities. Substantially all of Company’s operations facilities are leased under long-term leases with varying expiration dates, except for the few owned locations. The Company regular obtains various machinery, equipment, vehicles and furniture on leases. The machinery and equipment leases mainly include leasing of computers, servers, other IT equipment, mailing system, production equipment, generators, office equipment, printers, copiers and miscellaneous warehouse equipment. 94 Table of Contents Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 recorded on the consolidated balance sheet are as follows: Balance sheet location: Operating Lease Operating lease right-of-use assets, net Current portion of operating lease liabilities Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion Finance Lease Finance lease right-of-use assets, net (included in property, plant and equipment, net) Current portion of finance lease liabilities Finance lease liabilities, net of current portion Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows: Weighted-average remaining lease term Operating leases Finance leases Weighted-average discount rate Operating leases Finance leases December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ 68,861 $ 18,349 56,814 17,164 12,231 13,287 93,627 25,345 73,282 30,835 13,788 20,272 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 4.8 Years 3.7 Years 4.8 Years 3.2 Years 11.9% 10.7% 10.5% 9.1% The interest on financing lease liabilities was $2.6 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The amortization expense on finance lease right-of-use assets was $12.8 million and $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Maturities of finance and operating lease liabilities based on lease term for the next five years are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 and thereafter Total lease payments Less: Imputed interest Present value of lease liabilities Finance Leases 14,339 6,569 3,700 3,276 2,061 — 29,945 (4,427) 25,518 $ $ Operating Leases 25,733 21,800 15,944 12,412 8,648 15,297 99,834 (24,671) 75,163 $ $ Consolidated rental expense for all operating leases was $69.1 million, $77.3 million, and $83.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The following table summarizes the cash paid and related right-of-use operating finance or operating lease recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020. 95 Table of Contents Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Financing cash flows from finance leases Right-of-use lease assets obtained in the exchange for lease liabilities: Operating leases Finance leases 8. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net Year Ended December 31, 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ 34,193 $ 12,925 23,644 4,372 50,398 20,860 19,127 10,731 Property, plant, and equipment, which include assets recorded under finance leases, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, and amortization, and consist of the following: Land Buildings and improvements Leasehold improvements Vehicles Machinery and equipment Computer equipment and software Furniture and fixtures Finance lease right-of-use assets Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization Property, plant and equipment, net Estimated Useful Lives (in Years) N/A 7 – 40 Shorter of life of improvement or lease term 5 – 7 5 – 15 3 – 8 5 – 15 Shorter of life of the asset or lease term December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 6,903 20,688 39,797 337 22,991 99,434 8,599 82,862 281,611 (193,760) 87,851 $ $ 6,884 20,288 47,036 531 28,489 92,500 9,440 85,464 290,632 (176,995) 113,637 Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment was $39.2 million, $41.4 million, and $43.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 9. Intangible Assets and Goodwill Intangibles Intangible assets are stated at cost or acquisition-date fair value less amortization and impairment and consist of the following: Customer relationships Developed technology Trade names (b) Outsource contract costs Internally developed software Assembled workforce Purchased software Intangibles, net Weighted Average Remaining Useful Life (in Years) 10.2 3.4 Indefinite-lived 3.3 3.7 2 13 Gross Carrying Amount (a) December 31, 2020 Accumulated Amortization Intangible Asset, net $ $ 508,485 88,553 8,400 16,331 47,182 4,473 26,749 700,173 $ $ (278,306) (87,111) (3,100) (13,036) (20,152) (2,237) (3,567) (407,509) $ $ 230,179 1,442 5,300 3,295 27,030 2,236 23,182 292,664 96 Table of Contents Customer relationships Developed technology Trade names (b) Outsource contract costs Internally developed software Trademarks Assembled workforce Purchased software Intangibles, net Weighted Average Remaining Useful Life (in Years) 10.9 4.3 Indefinite-lived 3.3 4.2 1 3 14 Gross Carrying Amount (a) December 31, 2019 Accumulated Amortization Intangible Asset, net $ $ 508,074 89,053 8,400 16,726 43,261 23,378 4,473 26,749 720,114 $ $ (237,313) (87,109) (3,100) (11,749) (12,129) (23,370) (1,118) (1,783) (377,671) $ $ 270,761 1,944 5,300 4,977 31,132 8 3,355 24,966 342,443 (a) Amounts include intangibles acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. (b) The carrying amount of trade names for 2020 and 2019 is net of accumulated impairment losses of $44.1 million, of which $1.0 million was recognized in 2019. Carrying amount of $5.3 million as at December 31, 2020 represents indefinite-lived intangible asset. In connection with the completion of the annual impairment test as of October 1, 2020, the Company recorded no impairment charge to goodwill and trade names. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company made an evaluation based on factors such as changes in the Company’s growth rate and recent trends in the Company’s market capitalization, and concluded that a triggering event for an interim impairment analysis had occurred. As part of the assessment, it was determined that the increase in the discount rate applied in the valuation was required to reflect current market dynamics and company-specific risk. This higher discount rate, in conjunction with revised long-term projections, resulted in lower than previously projected long-term future cash flows for the reporting units which reduced the estimated fair value to below carrying value. As a result of the interim impairment assessment in the third quarter, the Company recorded an impairment charge to goodwill and trade names of $96.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The Company did not update its analysis for purposes of the annual impairment test as of October 1, 2019 as the measurement date of the impairment test performed during the quarter-ended September 30, 2019 was one day from the annual impairment test date. Additionally, later during the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company conducted its annual budgeting process along with an update to its long-range plan. Following the completion of that process, the Company made an evaluation based on factors such as changes in the Company’s growth rate and recent trends in the Company’s market capitalization, concluding that a second triggering event for an impairment analysis had occurred. Revised long-term projections coupled with a decline in the market capitalization, resulted in lower than previously projected long-term future cash flows for the reporting units which reduced the estimated fair value to below carrying value. Accordingly, we performed another quantitative impairment test as of December 31, 2019, resulting in an additional impairment charge of $252.4 million to goodwill. Therefore, as a result of these two interim impairment assessments in the third and fourth quarters of 2019, impairment charges totaling $348.6 million and $1.0 million were recorded to goodwill and trade names, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill were $560.9 million as at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The impairment charges are included within Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in the consolidated statements of operations. Aggregate amortization expense related to intangibles was $54.7 million, $59.3 million, and $94.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 97 Table of Contents Estimated intangibles amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter consists of the following: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Goodwill Goodwill by reporting segment consists of the following: Estimated Amortization Expense $ $ 51,120 46,627 38,108 30,528 23,106 98,237 287,726 ITPS HS LLPS Total ITPS HS LLPS Total Balances as at January 1, 2019 (a) $ 571,575 86,786 49,897 $ 708,258 Balances as at January 1, 2020 (a) 254,120 86,786 18,865 $ 359,771 $ $ $ Additions — $ — — — $ Impairments (317,525) — (31,032) (348,557) $ $ Additions — — — — $ Impairments — — — — $ Currency Translation Adjustments 70 — — 70 Currency Translation Adjustments 10 — — 10 Balances as at December 31, 2019 (a) 254,120 86,786 18,865 359,771 Balances as at December 31, 2020 (a) 254,130 86,786 18,865 359,781 $ $ $ (a) The goodwill amount for all periods presented is net of accumulated impairment amount as at December 31, 2018. Accumulated impairment is $212.3 million relating to LLPS as at December 31, 2018 and $317.5 million and $243.4 relating to ITPS and LLPS, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. ITPS and HS reporting segments had negative equity and LLPS reporting segment had positive equity as at October 1, 2020, the date of the annual impairment test. 98 Table of Contents 10. Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities Accrued liabilities consist of the following: Accrued taxes (exclusive of income taxes) Accrued lease exit obligations Accrued professional and legal fees Accrued appraisal action liability Accrued legal reserve for pending litigation Accrued transaction costs Other accruals Other Long-term liabilities consist of the following: Deferred revenue Accrued rent Accrued lease exit obligations Accrued compensation expense Cares Act payroll tax deferrals Other 11. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities Senior Secured Notes December 31, $ 2020 12,953 270 33,897 60,654 15,146 2,739 740 $ 126,399 $ $ 2019 9,608 1,127 33,421 56,412 5,669 2,250 13,066 121,553 December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 542 449 195 1,897 7,183 3,358 13,624 $ $ 339 669 136 2,075 — 3,743 6,962 On July 12, 2017, the Company issued $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of 10.0% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 10.0% per year. The Company pays interest on the Notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on January 15, 2018. The Notes will mature on July 15, 2023. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants required under the Notes. Senior Credit Facilities On July 12, 2017, the Company entered into a First Lien Credit Agreement with Royal Bank of Canada, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Natixis, New York Branch and KKR Corporate Lending LLC providing Exela Intermediate LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, (i) a $350.0 million senior secured term loan maturing July 12, 2023 with an original issue discount (“OID”) of $7.0 million, and (ii) a $100.0 million senior secured revolving facility maturing July 12, 2022. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had outstanding irrevocable letters of credit totaling approximately $19.5 million and $20.6 million, respectively, under the senior secured revolving facility. The Credit Agreement provided for the following interest rates for borrowings under the senior secured term facility and senior secured revolving facility: at the Company’s option, either (1) an adjusted LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor in the case of term loans, or (2) a base rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for the senior secured term facility was 7.5% with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 6.5% with respect to base rate borrowings. The initial applicable margin for the senior secured revolving facility was 7.0% with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 6.0% with respect to base rate borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving facility is subject to step-downs based on leverage ratios. The senior secured term loan is subject to 99 Table of Contents amortization payments, commencing on the last day of the first full fiscal quarter of the Company following the closing date, of 0.6% of the aggregate principal amount for each of the first eight payments and 1.3% of the aggregate principal amount for payments thereafter, with any balance due at maturity. Term Loan Repricing On July 13, 2018, Exela successfully repriced the $343.4 million of term loans outstanding under its senior secured credit facilities (the “Repricing”). The Repricing was accomplished pursuant to a First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among the Company’s subsidiaries Exela Intermediate Holdings LLC, Exela Intermediate, LLC, each “Subsidiary Loan Party” listed on the signature pages thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and each of the lenders party thereto, whereby the Company borrowed $343.4 million of refinancing term loans (the “Repricing Term Loans”) to refinance the Company’s existing senior secured term loans. In accordance with ASC 470 – Debt – Modifications and Extinguishments, as a result of certain lenders that participated in Exela’s debt structure prior to the Repricing and the Company’s debt structure after the Repricing, it was determined that a portion of the refinancing of Exela’s senior secured credit facilities would be accounted for as a debt modification, and the remaining would be accounted for as an extinguishment. The Company incurred $1.0 million in new debt issuance costs related to the refinancing, of which $1.0 million was expensed pursuant to modification accounting. The proportion of debt that was extinguished resulted in a write off of previously recognized debt issue costs of $0.1 million. Additionally, for the new lenders who exceeded the 10% test, less than $0.1 million was recorded as additional debt issue costs. All unamortized costs and discounts will be amortized over the life of the new term loan using the effective interest rate of the term loan. The Repricing Term Loans will bear interest at a rate per annum of, at the Company’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, subject to a 1.0% floor, or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (ii) the prime rate and (iii) the one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 6.5% for LIBOR loans and 5.5% for base rate loans. The interest rates applicable to the Repricing Term Loans are 100 basis points lower than the interest rates applicable to the existing senior secured term loans that were incurred on July 12, 2017 pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The Repricing Term Loans will mature on July 12, 2023, the same maturity date as the prior senior secured term loans. 2018 Incremental Term Loans On July 13, 2018, the Company successfully borrowed an additional $30.0 million pursuant to incremental term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”) under the First Amendment. The proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans may be used by the Company for general corporate purposes and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the First Amendment. The interest rates applicable to the Incremental Term Loans are the same as those for the Repricing Term Loans. The Company may voluntarily repay the Repricing Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans (collectively, the “Term Loans”) at any time, without prepayment premium or penalty, subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR rate loans. Other than as described above, the terms, conditions and covenants applicable to the Repricing Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans are consistent with the terms, conditions and covenants that were applicable to the existing senior secured loans under the Credit Agreement. The Repricing and issuance of the Incremental Term Loans resulted in a partial debt extinguishment, for which Exela recognized $1.1 million in debt extinguishment costs in the year ended December 31, 2018. 100 Table of Contents 2019 Incremental Term Loan On April 16, 2019, the Company successfully borrowed an additional $30.0 million pursuant to incremental term loans (the “2019 Incremental Term Loans”) under the Second Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). The proceeds of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans were used to replace the cash spent for acquisitions, pay related fees, expenses and related borrowings and for general corporate purposes. The 2019 Incremental Term Loans will bear interest at a rate per annum that is the same as the Company’s Repricing Term Loans under the senior credit facility. The 2019 Incremental Term Loans will mature on July 12, 2023, the same maturity date as the Term Loans. The Company may voluntarily repay the 2019 Incremental Term Loans at any time, without prepayment premium or penalty, subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR rate loans. Other than as described above, the terms, conditions and covenants applicable to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans are consistent with the terms, conditions and covenants that are applicable to the Repricing Term Loans and 2018 Incremental Term Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Repricing and issuance of the 2018 and 2019 Incremental Term Loans resulted in a partial debt extinguishment, for which Exela recognized $1.4 million in debt extinguishment costs during the year ended December 31, 2019. Third Amendment On May 18, 2020, the Company amended the Prior Credit Agreement to, among other things, extend the time for delivery of its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. Upon the Company’s delivery of the annual and quarterly financial statements described above within the time frames stated therein (which the Company satisfied during the month of June 2020), the Company became in compliance with the Credit Agreement, with respect to the financial statement delivery requirements set forth therein. Pursuant to the amendment, the Company also amended the Prior Credit Agreement to, among other things: restrict the borrower and its subsidiaries’ ability to designate or invest in unrestricted subsidiaries; incur certain debt; create certain liens; make certain investments; pay certain dividends or other distributions on account of its equity interests; make certain asset sales or other dispositions (or utilize the proceeds of certain asset sales to reinvest in the business); or enter into certain affiliate transactions pursuant to the negative covenants under the Credit Agreement. Further, pursuant to the amendment, the borrower under the Credit Agreement is also required to maintain a minimum Liquidity (as defined in the amendment) of $35.0 million. In connection with this amendment, the Company paid a forbearance fee of $5 million to the consenting lenders. The Company concluded that the amendment represents modification of debt under ASC 470-50. Accordingly, the forbearance fee paid was added to unamortized debt issuance cost which shall be amortized using updated effective interest rate based on modified cash flows. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants required under these senior credit facilities. Securitization Facilities On January 10, 2020, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into the $160.0 million A/R Facility with a five year term. In the A/R Facility, (i) Exela Receivables 1, LLC (the “A/R Borrower”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “A/R Loan Agreement”), dated as of January 10, 2020, with TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., as administrative agent (the “A/R Administrative Agent”), PNC Bank National Association, as LC Bank (the “A/R LC Bank”), the lenders (each, an “A/R Lender” and collectively the “A/R Lenders”) and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which the A/R Lenders made loans (the “A/R Loan”) to the A/R Borrower used to purchase certain receivables and related assets from its sole member, Exela Receivables Holdco, LLC (the “A/R Parent SPE”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, (ii) sixteen other indirect, wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “A/R Originators”) sold or contributed to the A/R Parent SPE certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash, equity in the A/R Parent SPE and/or letters of credit issued by the A/R LC Bank to the A/R Originators; and (iii) the A/R Parent SPE sold or contributed to the Borrower certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash, equity in the A/R Borrower and/or letters of credit issued by the LC Bank to the beneficiaries elected by A/R Parent SPE. 101 Table of Contents The Company used the proceeds of the initial borrowings under the A/R Facility to repay outstanding revolving borrowings under the Company’s senior credit facility and to provide additional liquidity and funding for the ongoing business needs of the Company and its subsidiaries. The A/R Borrower and A/R Parent SPE were formed in December 2019, and are identified as variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and consolidated into the Company’s financial statements following variable interest entities (“VIE”) consolidation model under ASC 810. The A/R Borrower and A/R Parent SPE are bankruptcy remote entities and as such their assets are not available to creditors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Since January 10, 2020, the parties amended and waived the A/R Facility several times to address contractually, the occurrence of certain events, including among other things, the delay in delivery of annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended 2019, financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and the Initial Servicer’s Liquidity (as defined in the A/R Facility) falling below $60.0 million. In connection with these amendments a forbearance fee of $4.8 million was due and added to the outstanding principal balance of the loans. The Company concluded that the amendment represented modification of debt under ASC 470-50. Accordingly, the forbearance fee paid was added to unamortized debt issuance cost and amortized ratably over the remaining term of the A/R facility. Each loan under the A/R Facility originally bore interest on the unpaid principal amount as follows: (1) if a Base Rate Loan, at 3.75% plus a rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (calculated based upon an Interest Period of one month and determined on a daily basis) plus 1.00%, and (d) 4.50% per annum and (2) if a LIBOR Rate Loan, 4.75% plus a floating LIBOR Rate with a 1.00% LIBOR floor. In connection with the above described amendments to the A/R Facility, the applicable margin of the Base Rate Loans was increased to 5.75% and the LIBOR Rate Loans was increased to 6.75%. On December 17, 2020, the Company repaid in full the loans outstanding under the A/R Facility. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the A/R Facility as of such date was approximately $83.0 million. The early termination of the A/R Facility triggered an early termination fee of $0.8 million and required repayment of approximately $0.5 million in respect of principal, accrued interest and fees. All obligations under the A/R Facility (other than contingent indemnification obligations that expressly survive termination) terminated upon repayment. The A/R Facility was replaced by the Securitization Facility as described below. Repayment of A/R Facility was treated as an extinguishment of debt under ASC 470-50. Accordingly, the Company wrote off the unamortized balance of $8.2 million of debt issuance costs related to A/R facility. On December 17, 2020, certain subsidiaries of Company closed on the $145.0 million Securitization Facility with a five year term. Borrowings under the Securitization Facility are subject to an improved borrowing base definition over the A/R Facility that consists of receivables and, subject to contribution, further supported by inventory and intellectual property, in each case, subject to certain eligibility criteria, concentration limits and reserves. The Securitization Facility provided for an initial funding of approximately $92.0 million supported by the receivables portion of the borrowing base and, subject to contribution, a further funding of approximately $53.0 million supported by inventory and intellectual property. On December 17, 2020 the Company made the initial borrowing of approximately $92.0 million under the Securitization Facility and used a portion of the proceeds to repay the A/R Facility and used the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. The initial documentation for the Securitization Facility includes (i) a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Securitization Loan Agreement”), dated as of December 10, 2020, by and among Exela Receivables 3, LLC (the “Securitization Borrower”), a wholly- owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, the lenders (each, a “Securitization Lender” and collectively the “Securitization Lenders”), Alter Domus (US), LLC, as administrative agent (the “Securitization Administrative Agent”) and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which the Securitization Lenders will make loans to the Securitization Borrower to be used to purchase receivables and related assets from the Securitization Parent SPE (as defined below), (ii) a First Tier Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement (the, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among Exela Receivables 3 Holdco, LLC (the “Securitization Parent SPE”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, and certain other indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company listed therein (collectively, the “Securitization Originators”), and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which each 102 Table of Contents Securitization Originator has sold or contributed and will sell or contribute to the Securitization Parent SPE certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash and equity in the Securitization Parent SPE, (iii) a Second Tier Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among, the Securitization Borrower, the Securitization Parent SPE and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which Securitization Parent SPE has sold or contributed and will sell or contribute to the Securitization Borrower certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash and equity in the Securitization Borrower, (iv) the Sub-Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among the Company and each Securitization Originator, (v) the Pledge and Guaranty, dated as of the December 10, 2020, between the Securitization Parent SPE and the Administrative Agent, and (vi) the Performance Guaranty, dated as of December 17, 2020, between the Company, as performance guarantor, and the Securitization Administrative Agent (and together with all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered in connection with the Securitization Loan Agreement, the “Securitization Agreements”). The Securitization Borrower, the Company, the Securitization Parent SPE and the Securitization Originators provide customary representations and covenants under the Securitization Agreements. The Securitization Loan Agreement provides for certain events of default upon the occurrence of which the Securitization Administrative Agent may declare the facility’s termination date to have occurred and declare the outstanding Securitization Loan and all other obligations of the Securitization Borrower to be immediately due and payable, however the Securitization Facility does not include an ongoing liquidity covenant like the A/R Facility and aligns reporting obligations with the Company’s other material indebtedness agreements. The Securitization Borrower and Securitization Parent SPE were formed in December 2020, and are identified as VIEs and consolidated into the Company’s financial statements following VIE consolidation model under ASC 810. The Securitization Borrower and Securitization Parent SPE are bankruptcy remote entities and as such their assets are not available to creditors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Each loan under the Securitization Facility bears interest on the unpaid principal amount as follows: (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to (x) the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50% and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the Securitization Loan Agreement) plus 1.00%, plus (y) 8.75%; or (ii) if a LIBOR Rate Loan, at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 9.75%. As of December 31, 2020, there were borrowings of $91.9 million outstanding under the Securitization Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants required under the Securitization Facility. Long-Term Debt Outstanding As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the following long-term debt instruments were outstanding: Other (a) First lien credit agreement (b) Senior secured notes (c) Secured borrowings under Securitization Facility Revolver Total debt Less: Current portion of long-term debt Long-term debt, net of current maturities December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 37,653 343,597 984,216 91,947 80,543 1,537,956 (39,952) 1,498,004 $ 30,232 360,583 979,060 — 65,000 1,434,875 (36,490) 1,398,385 (a) Other debt represents outstanding loan balances associated with various hardware, software purchases, maintenance and leasehold improvements along with loans and receivables factoring arrangement entered into by subsidiaries of the Company. (b) Net of unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs of $4.8 million and $17.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and $6.5 million and $18.9 million as of December 31, 2019. 103 Table of Contents (c) Net of unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs of $11.3 million and $4.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and $14.9 million and $6.0 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020, maturities of long-term debt are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total long-term debt Less: Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs Maturity $ 39,952 115,000 1,325,741 2,923 91,947 — 1,575,563 (37,607) $ 1,537,956 12. Income Taxes The Company provides for income taxes using an asset and liability approach, under which deferred income taxes are provided for based upon enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the taxes become payable. For financial reporting purposes, income/ (loss) before income taxes includes the following components: United States Foreign Year Ended December 31, 2019 2020 $ (158,187) $ (511,165) $ (6,760) 9,691 $ (164,947) $ (501,474) $ 2018 (180,245) 18,792 (161,453) The provision for federal, state, and foreign income taxes consists of the following: Federal Current Deferred State Current Deferred Foreign Current Deferred Income Tax Expense Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 $ — $ 480 (1,308) $ (3,879) 1,308 (2,006) 1,325 1,542 4,318 5,919 $ 13,584 $ 2,255 (807) 5,770 5,611 7,642 $ 390 2,339 3,435 2,887 8,353 104 Table of Contents The differences between income taxes expected by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% and the amount of income taxes provided for are as follows: Tax at statutory rate Add (deduct) State income taxes Foreign income taxes Nondeductible goodwill impairment Permanent differences Litigation settlement Changes in valuation allowance Unremitted earnings GILTI Inclusion Expiration of tax attributes Other Income Tax Expense Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ (34,639) $ (105,310) $ (33,905) 2020 2018 (5,234) (516) — 218 71 53,115 (275) (4,996) 4,944 896 13,584 $ $ (7,666) 4,390 61,699 1,275 3,310 30,064 1,604 3,772 10,807 3,697 7,642 $ (6,557) 1,228 9,002 2,542 608 19,433 4,735 2,289 8,353 625 8,353 The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was signed by the President of the United States and enacted into law on December 22, 2017. This overhaul of the U.S. tax law made a number of substantial changes, including the reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, establishing a dividends received deduction for dividends paid by foreign subsidiaries to the U.S., elimination or limitation of certain deductions (interest, domestic production activities and executive compensation), imposing a mandatory tax on previously unrepatriated earnings accumulated offshore since 1986 and establishing global minimum income tax and base erosion tax provisions related to offshore activities and affiliated party payments. The TCJA subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on Global Intangible Low-taxed Income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for GILTI, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as a period expense only. The Company has elected the accounting policy to recognize the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as a period expense. At December 31, 2020, the Company has no GILTI inclusion related to current-year operations. On July 20, 2020, the U.S. Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service issued Final Regulations which will allow an annual election to exclude from the U.S. tax return certain GILTI amounts when the taxes paid by a foreign affiliate exceed 18.9% (90% of U.S. statutory rate of 21%) of the GILTI amount for that foreign affiliate (the “high-tax exception”). These regulations are effective for the 2021 taxable year with an election to apply to any taxable year beginning after 2017. In many of the countries in which the Company operates there are differences between local tax rules used to determine the tax base and the U.S. tax principles used to determine GILTI. Therefore, while many of the countries have a statutory tax rate above the 18.9% threshold, separate affiliates may not meet the 18.9% threshold each year and, as such, may not qualify for this exclusion. The Company plans to make the high-tax exception election for the 2020 tax year and recorded no GILTI cost in the total income tax expense for 2020. Additionally, the Company made an election for 2019 on its 2019 tax return and plans to make an election for 2018 by filing an amended tax return and recorded an estimated tax benefit of $5.0 million in the total income tax expense for 2020. Beginning in 2018, the TCJA also subjects a U.S. shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation to current tax on certain payments from corporations subject to U.S. tax to related foreign persons, also referred to as base erosion and anti-abuse tax ("BEAT"). The BEAT provisions in the Tax Reform Act eliminate the deduction of certain base-erosion payments made to related foreign corporations and impose a minimum tax if greater than regular tax. The Company has recorded zero tax expense related to BEAT for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 105 Table of Contents On March 27, 2020, Congress enacted the Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act"), in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act contain numerous income tax provisions, including refundable payroll tax credit, 100% utilization on net operating loss (NOL) for taxable income in 2018, 2019 and 2020, 5 years NOL carryback from 2018, 2019 or 2020, interest limitation increase to 50% adjusted taxable income from 30% for tax years beginning January 1, 2019 and 2020, and immediate deduction on qualified improvement costs instead of depreciating them over 39 years. The Company has benefited from the increase of 50% adjusted taxable income limitation on net interest expense deduction, as well as the refundable payroll tax credit. The components of deferred income tax liabilities and assets are as follows: Deferred income tax liabilities: Book over tax basis of intangible assets and fixed assets Unremitted foreign earnings Operating lease and finance lease right-of-use assets Other, net Total deferred income tax liabilities Deferred income tax assets: Allowance for doubtful accounts and receivable adjustments Inventory Accrued liabilities Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards Tax deductible goodwill Disallowed interest deduction Operating lease and finance lease liabilities Other, net Total deferred income tax assets Valuation allowance Total net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 (65,724) $ (6,063) (11,597) (2,604) $ (85,988) (77,088) (6,339) (16,981) (2,571) (102,979) 1,704 1,677 15,345 171,148 6,171 74,672 13,004 19,334 303,055 $ $ 1,498 903 11,608 158,265 8,066 56,873 18,127 15,480 270,820 (220,030) (2,963) $ (163,805) 4,036 $ $ $ $ $ Gross deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances to the extent the Company determines it is not more-likely-than- not that the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. At December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $220.0 million of valuation allowances against gross deferred tax assets primarily related to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Of this amount, approximately $60.5 million and $4.5 million of the total valuation allowance relates to U.S. federal and state limitations, respectively, on the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards due to numerous changes in ownership. Approximately $64.7 million and $9.1 million of the total valuation allowance relates to U.S. federal disallowed interest deductions and state disallowed interest deductions, respectively, pursuant to the TCJA. The remaining $81.3 million of the valuation allowance relates to non-limited U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses, capital losses, and tax credits that are not expected to be realizable. The net change during the year in the total valuation allowance was an increase of $56.2 million primarily related to the increase of net regular deferred tax assets and the increase of deferred tax assets related to disallowed interest deduction. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), limits the amount of U.S. tax attributes (net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards) following a change in ownership. The Company has determined that for the purpose of these provisions an ownership change occurred under Section 382 on April 3, 2014 and October 31, 2014 for BancTec, Inc. and its subsidiaries and RC4Capital, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Pangea Group”) and on October 31, 2014 for the historic SourceHOV group (the "2014 Reorganization"). The Section 382 limitations significantly limit the pre-acquisition Pangea Group net operating losses. Accordingly, upon the October 31, 2014 change in control, most of the historic Pangea Group federal net operating losses were limited and a valuation 106 Table of Contents allowance has been established against the related deferred tax assets. Following the filing of the October 31, 2014, Pangea Group federal tax returns and further Section 382 analysis, management finalized the amount of the limitation and as a result, approximately $3.5 million of the valuation allowance was released. Management has concluded that the U.S. tax attributes after Section 382 limitations were applied are more likely than not to be realized. With regard to Pangea Group's foreign subsidiaries, it was determined that most deferred tax assets are not likely to be realized and valuation allowances have been established. The Section 382 limit that applied to the historic SourceHOV group is greater than the net operating losses and tax credits generated in the predecessor periods. Therefore, no additional valuation allowances were established relating to Section 382 limitations other than the pre-2011 Section 382 limitations that applied. Included in deferred tax assets are federal, foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards, federal capital loss carryforwards, federal general business credit carryforwards and state tax credit carryforwards due to expire beginning in 2021 through 2040. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has federal and state income tax net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $601.0 million and $413.1 million, which will expire at various dates from 2021 through 2040. Such NOL carryforwards expire as follows: 2021 – 2025 2026 – 2030 2031 – 2040 Federal NOL NOL State and Local $ $ 80,880 145,219 374,913 601,012 $ $ 72,038 91,726 249,373 413,137 As of December 31, 2020, the Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $55.7 million, $1.2 million of which were generated by Exela Poland, $0.3 million were generated in Hungary and Serbia, $1.7 million is generated in Netherland, $0.9 million is generated in Finland, and will expire in 2024, 2026, 2027 and 2031 respectively. The rest of the foreign net operating losses will be carried forward indefinitely. Since the 2014 Reorganization did not result in a new tax basis of assets and liabilities for the Company, some of the goodwill continues to be deductible over the remaining amortization period for tax purposes. At December 31, 2020, approximately $31.4 million of the Company goodwill is tax deductible, $19.2 million of which is carried over from the 2014 Reorganization. Additionally, the Company has tax deductible goodwill of $12.2 million in connection with the TransCentra acquisition. These amounts were related to the tax basis carried over from the seller in those acquisitions. The Company adopted the provision of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in ASC Topic 740. ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions in the Company's financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest and penalties, is $1.8 million, $4.3 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is $0.7 million each, of tax benefits that, if recognized would benefit the effective tax rate. Total accrued interest and penalties recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet were $2.1 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 was $(0.0) million, $(0.2) million and $(0.4) million, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2020, the Company has released $2.6 million in uncertain tax positions associated with Sec. 163(j) limitation permitted tax depreciation, which is based on the final Sec. 163j regulation that now allows the capitalized inventory under Sec. 263A as part of tax depreciation. 107 Table of Contents The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits: Unrecognized tax benefits—January 1 Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period Gross increases—tax positions in current period Unrecognized tax benefits—December 31 $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ 1,476 1,378 (10) 1,470 $ 4,314 2020 4,314 (21) (2,608) 151 1,836 2018 $ 1,047 301 — 128 $ 1,476 The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for U.S. purposes is open for tax years ending on or after December 31, 2016, However, NOLs generated in years prior to 2016 and utilized in future periods may be subject to examination by U.S. tax authorities. State jurisdictions that remain subject to examination are not considered significant. The Company has significant foreign operations in India and EMEA. The Company may be subject to examination by the India tax authorities for tax periods ending on or after March 31, 2014. At December 31, 2020, the Company has not changed its prior indefinite reinvestment assertion on undistributed earnings related to certain foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for withholding taxes or other taxes that would result upon repatriation of approximately $106.3 million of undistributed foreign earnings from these foreign subsidiaries as those earnings continue to be permanently reinvested. However, the Company does not indefinitely reinvest earnings in Canada, China, India, Mexico and Philippines. The Company recorded $6.0 million and $6.3 million of foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of these jurisdictions at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company recorded $0.3 million deferred benefit, $1.6 million deferred expense, and $4.7 million deferred expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The foreign withholding taxes deferred benefit recorded in the current year is primarily attributable to the remeasurement of the cumulative withholding taxes on certain India undistributed earnings as a result of the change in the withholding rate on distributions, offset by a deferred expense due to the current year undistributed earnings. 13. Employee Benefit Plans German Pension Plan The Company’s subsidiary in Germany provides pension benefits to certain retirees. Employees eligible for participation include all employees who started working for the Company or its predecessors prior to September 30, 1987 and have finished a qualifying period of at least 10 years. The Company accrues the cost of these benefits over the service lives of the covered employees based on an actuarial calculation. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan. The German pension plan is an unfunded plan and therefore has no plan assets. No new employees are registered under this plan and the participants who are already eligible to receive benefits under this plan are no longer employees of the Company. U.K. Pension Plan The Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom provides pension benefits to certain retirees and eligible dependents. Employees eligible for participation included all full-time regular employees who were more than three years from retirement prior to October 2001. A retirement pension or a lump-sum payment may be paid dependent upon length of service at the mandatory retirement age. The Company accrues the cost of these benefits over the service lives of the covered employees based on an actuarial calculation. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan. No new employees are registered under this plan and the pension obligation for the existing participants of the plan is calculated based on actual salary of the participants as at the earlier of two dates, the participants leaving the Company or December 31, 2015. 108 Table of Contents The expected rate of return assumptions for plan assets relate solely to the UK plan and are based mainly on historical performance achieved over a long period of time (15 to 20 years) encompassing many business and economic cycles. The Company assumed a weighted average expected long-term rate on plan assets of 3.47%. Norway Pension Plan The Company’s subsidiary in Norway provides pension benefits to eligible retirees and eligible dependents. Employees eligible for participation include all employees who were more than three years from retirement prior to March 2018. The Company accrues the cost of these benefits over the service lives of the covered employees based on an actuarial calculation. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan. No new employees are registered under this plan and the pension obligation for the existing participants of the plan is calculated based on actual salary of the participants as at the later of two dates, the participants leaving the Company or April 30, 2018. Asterion Pension Plan The Company acquired in 2018 through the Asterion Business Combination the obligation to provide pension benefits to eligible retirees and eligible dependents. Employees eligible for participation included all full-time regular employees who were more than three years from retirement prior to July 2003. A retirement pension or a lump-sum payment may be paid dependent upon length of service at the mandatory retirement age. The Company accrues the cost of these benefits over the service lives of the covered employees based on an actuarial calculation. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan. No new employees are registered under this plan and the pension obligation for the existing participants of the plan is calculated based on actual salary of the participants as at the earlier of two dates, the participants leaving the Company or April 10, 2018. With respect to all of the plans as discussed, no new employees are registered under these plans and the employees who are already eligible to receive benefits under these plans are no longer employed by the Company. 109 Table of Contents Funded Status The change in benefit obligations, the change in the fair value of the plan assets and the funded status of the Company’s pension plans (except for the German pension plan which is unfunded) and the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are as follows: Change in Benefit Obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of period Service cost Interest cost Actuarial loss (gain) Plan amendments Benefits paid Foreign-exchange rate changes Benefit obligation at end of year Change in Plan Assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period Actual return on plan assets Employer contributions Benefits paid Foreign-exchange rate changes Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status at end of year Net amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: Pension liability, net (a) Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax consist of: Net actuarial loss Net amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax Plans with underfunded or non-funded accumulated benefit obligation: Aggregate projected benefit obligation Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation Aggregate fair value of plan assets Year ended December, 2019 2020 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 100,961 69 1,984 18,861 (10) (4,745) 4,891 122,011 75,875 10,755 2,052 (4,651) 3,184 87,215 (34,796) (35,515) (17,064) (17,064) 122,010 122,010 87,215 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 90,051 80 2,448 9,168 (835) (3,082) 3,131 100,961 62,952 10,906 2,557 (2,995) 2,455 75,875 (25,086) (25,681) (8,059) (8,059) 100,961 100,961 75,875 (a) Consolidated balance of $35.5 million as of December 31, 2020 includes pension liabilities of $29.7 million, $2.7 million, $2.4 million and less than $0.1 million under U.K., Asterion, German and Norway pension plans, respectively, and minimum regulatory benefit for a Philippines legal entity of $0.6 million. Consolidated balance of $25.7 million as of December 31, 2019 includes pension liabilities of $20.6 million, $2.4 million, $2.1 million and less than $0.1 million under U.K., Asterion, German and Norway pension plans, respectively, and minimum regulatory benefit for a Philippines legal entity of $0.5 million. Tax Effect on Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded actuarial losses of $17.1 million and $8.1 million, respectively, which is net of a deferred tax benefit of $2.0 million for each period. 110 Table of Contents Pension and Postretirement Expense The components of the net periodic benefit cost are as follows: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization: Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Settlement loss Net periodic benefit cost Valuation 2020 Year ended December 31, 2019 2018 74 1,984 (2,530) 150 1,739 552 1,969 $ $ 80 2,448 (2,460) (169) 1,768 — 1,667 $ $ 82 2,350 (2,841) 9 1,755 — 1,355 $ $ The Company uses the corridor approach and projected unit credit method in the valuation of its defined benefit plans for the UK, Germany, and Norway respectively. The corridor approach defers all actuarial gains and losses resulting from variances between actual results and economic estimates or actuarial assumptions. For defined benefit pension plans, these unrecognized gains and losses are amortized when the net gains and losses exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year. The amount in excess of the corridor is amortized over 15 years. Similarly, the Company used the Projected Unit Credit Method for the German Plan, and evaluated the assumptions used to derive the related benefit obligations consisting primarily of financial and demographic assumptions including commencement of employment, biometric decrement tables, retirement age, staff turnover. The projected unit credit method determines the present value of the Company’s defined benefit obligations and related service costs by taking into account each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately in building up the final obligation. Benefit is attributed to periods of service using the plan's benefit formula, unless an employee's service in later years will lead to a materially higher of benefit than in earlier years, in which case a straight-line basis is used. The following tables set forth the principal actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligation and net periodic benefit costs: 2020 2019 2020 2019 2020 2019 2020 2019 UK Germany Norway Asterion December 31, Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations: Discount rate Rate of compensation increase Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost: Discount rate Expected asset return Rate of compensation increase 1.40 % 2.10 % 0.75 % 1.00 % 1.70 % 2.30 % 0.79 % 1.10 2.25 % 2.25 % N/A % 2.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2.10 % 2.80 % 0.75 % 1.00 % 1.70 % 2.30 % 0.79 % 1.10 3.47 % 3.87 % N/A % N/A % 2.70 % 3.80 % 0.79 % 1.10 2.25 % 2.25 % N/A % 2.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A The Germany plan is an unfunded plan and therefore has no plan assets. The expected rate of return assumptions for plan assets are based mainly on historical performance achieved over a long period of time (10 to 20 years) encompassing many business and economic cycles. Adjustments, upward and downward, may be made to those historical returns to reflect future capital market expectations; these expectations are typically derived from expert advice from the investment community and surveys of peer company assumptions. 111 Table of Contents The Company assumed a weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for the overall scheme of 3.45%. The Company’s long-term expected rate of return on cash is determined by reference to UK government 10 year bond yields at the balance sheet dates. The long-term expected return on bonds is determined by reference to corporate bond yields at the balance sheet date. The long-term expected rate of return on equities and diversified growth funds is based on the rate of return on UK long dated government bonds with an allowance for out-performance. The long-term expected rate of return on the liability driven investments holdings is determined by reference to UK government 20 year bond yields at the balance sheet date. The discount rate assumption was developed considering the current yield on an investment grade non-gilt index with an adjustment to the yield to match the average duration of the index with the average duration of the plan’s liabilities. The index utilized reflected the market’s yield requirements for these types of investments. The inflation rate assumption was developed considering the difference in yields between a long-term government stocks index and a long-term index-linked stocks index. This difference was modified to consider the depression of the yield on index-linked stocks due to the shortage of supply and high demand, the premium for inflation above the expectation built into the yield on fixed-interest stocks and the government’s target rate for inflation (CPI) at 2.0%. The assumptions used are the best estimates chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the time scale covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice. Plan Assets The investment objective for the plan is to earn, over moving fifteen to twenty year periods, the long-term expected rate of return, net of investment fees and transaction costs, to satisfy the benefit obligations of the plan, while at the same time maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay benefit obligations and proper expenses, and meet any other cash needs, in the short-to medium-term. The Company’s investment policy related to the defined benefit plan is to continue to maintain investments in government gilts and highly rated bonds as a means to reduce the overall risk of assets held in the fund. No specific targeted allocation percentages have been set by category, but are set at the direction and discretion of the plan trustees. The weighted average allocation of plan assets by asset category is as follows: U.K. and other international equities U.K. government and corporate bonds Diversified growth fund Liability driven investments Multi-asset credit fund Total 112 2020 31.4 % 2.7 21.0 40.6 4.3 December 31, 2019 29.9 % 12.5 41.3 16.3 — 100.0 % 100.0 % 2018 27.1 % 12.7 38.9 21.3 — 100.0 % Table of Contents The following tables set forth, by category and within the fair value hierarchy, the fair value of the Company’s pension assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019: Asset Category: Cash Equity funds: U.K. Other international Fixed income securities: Corporate bonds / U.K. Gilts Other investments: Diversified growth fund Liability driven investments Multi-asset credit fund Total fair value Asset Category: Cash Equity funds: U.K. Other international Fixed income securities: Corporate bonds / U.K. Gilts Other investments: Diversified growth fund Liability driven investments Total fair value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 December 31, 2020 $ 430 $ 430 $ — $ 16,201 10,802 2,353 18,313 35,403 3,713 87,215 $ — — 16,201 10,802 — 2,353 — — — 430 $ 18,313 35,403 3,713 86,785 $ $ — — — — — — — — Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 December 31, 2019 $ 837 $ 837 $ — $ 13,121 8,747 9,446 31,345 12,379 75,875 $ — — 13,121 8,747 — 9,446 — $ 837 $ 31,345 12,379 75,038 $ — — — — — — The plan assets are categorized as follows, as applicable: Level 1: Any asset for which a unit price is available and used without adjustment, cash balances, etc. Level 2: Any asset for which the amount disclosed is based on market data, for example a fair value measurement based on a present value technique (where all calculation inputs are based on data). Level 3: Other assets. For example, any asset value with a fair value adjustment made not based on available indices or data. Employer Contributions The Company’s funding is based on governmental requirements and differs from those methods used to recognize pension expense. The Company made contributions of $2.1 million and $2.6 million to its pension plans during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company has fully funded the pension plans for 2020 based on current plan provisions. The Company expects to contribute $3.1 million to the pension plans during 2021, based on current plan provisions. 113 Table of Contents Estimated Future Benefit Payments The estimated future pension benefit payments expected to be paid to plan participants are as follows: Year ended December 31, 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 - 2030 Total 14. Commitments and Contingencies Litigation Estimated Benefit Payments $ $ 1,817 2,161 2,078 2,966 2,995 17,878 29,895 The Company is, from time to time, involved in certain legal proceedings, inquiries, claims and disputes, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although management cannot predict the outcomes of these matters, management does not believe these actions will have a material, adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows. Appraisal Demand On September 21, 2017, former stockholders of SourceHOV Holdings, Inc. (“SourceHOV”), who owned 10,304 shares of SourceHOV common stock, filed a petition for appraisal pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 262 in the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Court”), captioned Manichaean Capital, LLC, et al. v. SourceHOV Holdings, Inc., C.A. No. 2017 0673 JRS (the “Appraisal Action”). The Appraisal Action arose out of a preliminary transaction in connection with the acquisition of SourceHOV and Novitex Holdings, Inc., by Quinpario in July 2017 (“Novitex Business Combination”), and the petitioners sought, among other things, a determination of the fair value of their SourceHOV shares at the time of the Novitex Business Combination; an order that SourceHOV pay that value to the petitioners, together with interest at the statutory rate; and an award of costs, attorneys’ fees, and other expenses. During the trial the parties and their experts offered competing valuations of the SourceHOV shares as of the date of the Novitex Business Combination. SourceHOV argued the value was no more than $1,633.85 per share and the petitioners argued the value was at least $5,079.28 per share. On January 30, 2020, the Court issued its post-trial Memorandum Opinion in the Appraisal Action, in which it found that the fair value of SourceHOV as of the date of the Novitex Business Combination was $4,591 per share, and on March 26, 2020, the Court issued its final order awarding the petitioners $57,698,426 inclusive of costs and interest. Per the Court’s opinion, the legal rate of interest, compounded quarterly, accrues on the per share value from the July 2017 closing date of the Novitex Business Combination until the date of payment to petitioners. SourceHOV appealed the judgment in the Appraisal Action on June 30, 2020. On January 22, 2021, the Delaware Supreme Court affirmed the judgment of the Delaware Court of Chancery in favor of the petitioners. To date, SourceHOV has not paid the judgment in the Appraisal Action, and the petitioners have not been successful in their attempts to collect on the judgment against SourceHOV. The appraisal petitioners have filed additional actions to recognize the judgment against SourceHOV, an action alleging unjust enrichment and seeking restitution and to pierce the corporate veil and seek alter ego liability against Exela Technologies, Inc. and over 50 alleged subsidiaries and/or affiliates in an attempt to collect the award in the Appraisal Action from entities other than SourceHOV, and an action against SourceHOV and certain of its directors and officers alleging creditor derivative claims relating to the Company’s securitization facilities. In early February 2021, 114 Table of Contents petitioners also filed a motion for a preliminary injunction in the derivative action in which they seek a court order freezing certain property and prohibiting certain transfers and payments by Exela subsidiaries other that SourceHOV, including preventing them from paying their creditors unless the payments are made equally among Exela’s other creditors and toward the Appraisal Action liability. Although the Company believes that it has valid defenses to these ancillary proceedings and has moved to dismiss them, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful. As a result of the Appraisal Action and following repayment of the Margin Loan by Ex-Sigma 2, 1,523,578 shares of our Common Stock issued to Ex-Sigma 2, our largest shareholder following the Novitex Business Combination, were returned to the Company during the first quarter of 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has an accrued liability of $60.7 million for the Appraisal Action based on the judgment received on January 30, 2020 plus accrued interest, which is management’s best estimate of the total payment. Adverse Arbitration Order In April 2020, one of the Company's Nordic subsidiaries commenced an arbitration in Finland against a customer alleging breach of contract and other damages in connection with an outsourcing services agreement and transition services agreement executed in 2017. In September 2020, the customer submitted counterclaims against the Company in an aggregate amount over EUR 10.0 million. Following an expedited arbitration, in late November 2020, the arbitrator awarded the customer approximately $13.0 million in the aggregate for the counterclaimed damages and costs. The Company filed an application to annul the award in late January 2021 with the relevant court asserting, among other bases, that the arbitrator violated due process and procedural rules by disallowing the Company’s witness and expert testimony and maintaining the expedited format following the assertion of significant counterclaims which would ordinarily have required the application of normal rather than expedited rules. In mid-February 2021, the court ordered an interim stay and prohibition of enforcement of the arbitration award. At this time, it is not practicable to render an opinion about whether an unfavorable outcome is probable or remote with respect to the appeal; however, the Company believes it has meritorious claims and defenses and is vigorously asserting them. However, at the same time principals from the Company and the customer’s owner groups are engaged in substantive settlement discussions seeking a commercial solution, which are in an advanced stage, but have not yet come to a resolution. The Company recorded an accrual in the amount of $9.6 million as of December 31, 2020 for this matter. Contract-Related Contingencies The Company has certain contingent obligations that arise in the ordinary course of providing services to its customers. These contingencies are generally the result of contracts that require the Company to comply with certain performance measurements or the delivery of certain services to customers by a specified deadline. The Company believes the adjustments to the transaction price, if any, under these contract provisions will not result in a significant revenue reversal or have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows. 15. Fair Value Measurement Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value The carrying amount of assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their fair value as of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, due to the relative short maturity of these instruments. Management estimates the fair values of the secured term loan and secured notes at approximately 34.8% and 30.8% respectively, of the respective principal balance outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The fair value is substantially less than the carrying value for the long-term debt. Other debt represents the Company's outstanding loan balances associated with various hardware and software purchases along with loans entered into by subsidiaries of the Company and as such, the cost incurred would approximate fair value. Property and equipment, intangible assets, capital lease obligations, and goodwill are not required to be re-measured to fair value on a recurring 115 Table of Contents basis. These assets are evaluated for impairment if certain triggering events occur. If such evaluation indicates that impairment exists, the respective asset is written down to its fair value. The Company determined the fair value of its long-term debt using Level 2 inputs including the recent issue of the debt, the Company’s credit rating, and the current risk-free rate. The Company’s contingent liabilities related to prior acquisitions are re-measured each period and represent a Level 3 measurement as it is based on the settlement amount based on the settlement agreement terms less amount already paid. The Company determined the fair value of the interest rate swap using Level 2 inputs. The Company uses closing prices as provided by a third party institution. (Refer to Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). The following table provides the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019: As of December 31, 2020 Recurring assets and liabilities: Long-term debt Interest rate swap liability Acquisition contingent liability Nonrecurring assets and liabilities: Goodwill As of December 31, 2019 Recurring assets and liabilities: Long-term debt Interest rate swap asset Acquisition contingent liability Nonrecurring assets and liabilities: Goodwill Carrying Amount Fair Value Level 1 Fair Value Measurements Level 2 Level 3 $ $ 1,498,004 125 300 $ 604,775 125 300 359,781 359,781 Carrying Amount Fair Value 1,398,385 501 721 $ 632,796 501 721 $ $ — $ — — 604,775 125 — $ — — 300 — — 359,781 Level 1 Fair Value Measurements Level 2 Level 3 — $ — — 632,796 501 — $ — — 721 359,771 359,771 — — 359,771 The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of the Company’s acquisition contingent liabilities are the discount rate, growth assumptions, and revenue thresholds. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. For all significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Level 3 liabilities, a change in one of the inputs would not necessarily result in a directionally similar change in the other based on the current level of billings. The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of net assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 for which a reconciliation is required: Balance as of January 1, Earn-out Adjustment Payments/Reductions Balance as of December 31, December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 721 279 (700) 300 $ $ 721 — — 721 During 2019, goodwill impairment charge totaling $348.6 million was recognized. See Note 9. 116 Table of Contents 16. Stock-Based Compensation At Closing, SourceHOV had 24,535 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) outstanding under its 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”). Simultaneous with the Closing, the 2013 Plan, as well as all vested and unvested RSUs under the 2013 Plan, were assumed by Ex-Sigma (the sole equityholder of Ex-Sigma 2), an entity formed by the former SourceHOV equity holders. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company incurred compensation expenses related to the 9,880 unvested RSUs as of July 12, 2017 on a straight- line basis until fully vested, because the recipients of the RSUs were employees of the Company. All unvested RSUs under the 2013 Plan were vested by April 2019. As of December 31, 2020, there were no outstanding obligations under the 2013 Plan. Exela 2018 Stock Incentive Plan On January 17, 2018, Exela’s 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) became effective. The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, and other stock-based compensation to eligible participants. The Company is authorized to issue up to 2,774,588 shares of Common Stock under the 2018 Plan. Restricted Stock Unit Grants Restricted stock unit awards generally vest ratably over a one to two year period. Restricted stock units are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting and are expensed ratably over the vesting period. A summary of RSU activity under the 2018 Plan for the year 2020 is summarized in the following table: Outstanding Balance as of December 31, 2019 Granted Forfeited Vested Outstanding Balance as of December 31, 2020 Number of Shares 103,102 $ — — (76,647) 26,455 $ Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value 5.97 — — 7.55 3.78 1.19 $ 616 0.91 $ 50 Out of the RSUs that vested in 2020, 3,433 were net-share settled such that the Company withheld shares with value equivalent to the employee’s minimum statutory obligation for applicable income and other employment taxes, and remitted the cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. The total shares withheld were 1,567 shares and were based on the value of the RSUs on their vesting date as determined by the Company’s closing stock price. Total payment for the employee’s tax obligations to taxing authorities was less than $0.1 million and is reflected as a financing activity within the Consolidated Statements of Cash flows. Options Under the 2018 Plan, stock options are granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the underlying stock at the grant date. The vesting period for each option award is established on the grant date, and the options generally expire 10 years from the grant date. Options granted under the 2018 Plan generally 117 Table of Contents require no less than a two or four year ratable vesting period. Stock option activity for the year 2020 is summarized in the following table: Weighted Average Grant Outstanding Date Fair Value Exercise Price Weighted Average Average Remaining Vesting Period (Years) 12.42 2.27 $ Aggregate Intrinsic Value (2) — Outstanding Balance as of December 31, 2019 Granted Exercised Forfeited Expired Outstanding Balance as of December 31, 2020 (1) 1,645,900 $ 70,000 — (80,200) — 1,635,700 $ 5.91 $ 0.75 — 6.19 — 5.67 $ 11.89 1.42 $ — (1) 379,480 of the outstanding options are exercisable as of December 31, 2020. (2) Exercise prices of all of the outstanding options as of December 31, 2020 were higher than the market price of the shares of the Company. Therefore, aggregate intrinsic value was zero. As of December 31, 2020, there was approximately $2.8 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non- vested awards for the 2018 Plan, which will be recognized over the respective service period. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded within Selling, general, and administrative expenses. The Company incurred total compensation expense of $2.8 million, $7.8 million, and $7.6 million related to the 2013 Plan and 2018 Plan awards for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 17. Stockholders’ Equity The following description summarizes the material terms and provisions of the securities that the Company has authorized. Common Stock The Company is authorized to issue 1,600,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock or as provided for in the Director Nomination Agreements, the holders of our Common Stock possess all voting power for the election of our board of directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action and will at all times vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of Exela stockholders. Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of our Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions. The holders of the Common Stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the Common Stock. During fiscal 2020, 1,004,183 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 409,238 shares of Common Stock. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were 49,242,225 and 50,283,896 shares outstanding, respectively (the outstanding shares of Common Stock as of December 31, 2019 includes the 1,523,578 shares returned to the Company in the first quarter of 2020 in connection with the Appraisal Action which became treasury stock). Preferred Stock The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had 3,290,050 shares and 4,294,233 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, respectively. The par value of the Series A Preferred Stock is $0.0001 per share. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the holder's option, at any time into the number of shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of conversion using a certain conversion formula that takes into account the amount of Liquidation Preference per share as adjusted for accrued but unpaid dividends, as described below. As of December 31, 2020, after taking into account the effect of the Reverse Stock Split, each outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock was 118 Table of Contents convertible into 0.4269 shares of Common Stock using this conversion formula. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2020, 1,404,621 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon conversion of the remaining 3,290,050 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate per annum of 10% of the dollar amount of per share liquidation preference (plus accumulated but unpaid dividends, the “Liquidation Preference") per share of Series A Preferred Stock, paid or accrued quarterly in arrears. From the issue date through December 31, 2020 the amount of all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been added to the Liquidation Preference. The Company shall add the amount of all accrued but unpaid dividends on each quarterly dividend payment date to the Liquidation Preference, except to the extent the Company elects to make all or any portion of such payment in cash on or prior to the applicable dividend payment date, in which case, the amount of the accrued but unpaid dividends that is added to the Liquidation Preference shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of any such cash payment. The Company is not required to make any payment or allowance for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears, on converted shares of Series A Preferred Stock or for dividends on the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such shares. The dividend accumulation for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.3 million and $3.3 million, respectively as reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of December 31, 2020, the total accumulated but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock since inception on July 12, 2017 was $10.8 million. The per share average of cumulative preferred dividends is $3.3. In addition, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will participate in any dividend or distribution of cash or other property paid in respect of the Common Stock pro rata with the holders of the Common Stock (other than certain dividends or distributions that trigger an adjustment to the conversion rate, as described in the Certificate of Designations), as if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to the date on which such holders of the Common Stock became entitled to such dividend or distribution. Treasury Stock On November 8, 2017, the Company’s board of directors authorized a share buyback program (the “Share Buyback Program”), pursuant to which the Company was permitted to purchase up to 1,666,667 shares of Common Stock. The Share Buyback Program has expired. As of December 31, 2020, 929,049 shares had been repurchased under the Share Buyback Program and they are held in treasury stock. The Company records treasury stock using the cost method. During the first quarter of 2020, 1,523,578 shares of Common Stock were returned to the Company by Ex-Sigma 2 in connection with the Appraisal Action. These shares are also included in treasury stock. Warrants At December 31, 2020, there were a total of 34,986,302 warrants outstanding. As part of its IPO, Quinpario had issued 35,000,000 units comprising one share of Common Stock and one warrant of which 34,986,302 have been separated from the original unit and 13,698 warrants remain an unseparated part of the originally issued units (the Common Stock included in these originally issued units (adjusted to reflect the Reverse Split) have been accounted for in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding referred to above). The warrants traded on the OTC Pink under the symbol “XELAW” as of December 31, 2020. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one-sixth of one share of Common Stock at a price of $5.75 per one-sixth share ($34.50 per whole share). Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. Each warrant is currently exercisable and will expire July 12, 2022 (five years after the completion of the Novitex Business Combination), or earlier upon redemption. The Company may call the warrants for redemption at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, if, and only if, the last sales price of the shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds $72.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period (the “30-day trading period”) ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption, and if, and only if, there is a current registration 119 Table of Contents statement in effect with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying such warrants commencing five business days prior to the 30- day trading period and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption. 18. Related-Party Transactions Relationship with HandsOn Global Management The Company incurred reimbursable travel expenses to HOVS LLC and HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC (collectively, “HGM”) of $0.1 million, $0.6 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, and following a distribution of all the shares held by Ex-Sigma 2, HGM may be deemed to beneficially own approximately 50% of the Company’s Common Stock, including shares controlled, pursuant to voting agreements. Pursuant to a master agreement dated January 1, 2015 between Rule 14, LLC and a subsidiary of the Company, the Company incurs marketing fees to Rule 14, LLC, a portfolio company of HGM. Similarly, the Company is party to ten master agreements with entities affiliated with HGM’s managed funds, each of which were entered into during 2015 and 2016. Each master agreement provides the Company with use of certain technology and includes a reseller arrangement pursuant to which the Company is entitled to sell these services to third parties. Any revenue earned by the Company in such third-party sale is shared 75%/25% with each of HGM’s venture affiliates in favor of the Company. The brands Zuma, Athena, Peri, BancMate, Spring, Jet, Teletype, CourtQ and Rewardio are part of the HGM managed funds. The Company has the license to use and resell such brands, as described therein. The Company incurred fees relating to these agreements of $1.9 million, $1.0 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Certain operating companies lease their operating facilities from HOV RE, LLC and HOV Services Limited, which are affiliates under common control with HGM. The rental expense for these operating leases was $0.2 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. In addition, HOV Services, Ltd. provides the Company data capture and technology services. The expense recognized for these services was approximately $1.4 million, $1.5 million, and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Certain premium payments, secondary offering fees and legal expenses were reimbursed to Ex-Sigma 2 pursuant to the terms of the Consent, Waiver and Amendment dated June 15, 2017, by and among the Company, Quinpario Merger Sub I, Inc., Quinpario Merger Sub II, Inc., SourceHOV, Novitex, Novitex Parent, L.P., Ex Sigma LLC, HOVS LLC and HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC, amending the Novitex Business Combination agreement (the “Consent, Waiver and Amendment”). These expenses are included in related party expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded related party expenses of $1.7 million and $5.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to the Company’s obligation to reimburse Ex-Sigma 2 for premium payments on the Margin Loan. The Company recorded related party expenses of $2.1 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for reimbursable expenses related to secondary offerings of shares by Ex-Sigma 2, the proceeds of which were used to repay the Margin Loan. The reimbursement payments were made in the second half of 2019. The Company recorded related party expenses of $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for reimbursable legal expenses of Ex-Sigma 2. The Company made payments totaling $5.6 million to Ex-Sigma 2 during the fourth quarter of 2019. Separately, the Company determined it was obligated to reimburse premium payments of $6.9 million made by Ex-Sigma 2 on the Margin Loan under the terms of the Consent, Waiver and Amendment. Pursuant to a written settlement agreement entered into in June 2020, Ex-Sigma, SourceHOV and the Company agreed that the $5.6 million of payments made during the fourth quarter of 2019 would be accepted to fully discharge the Company’s obligation to reimburse Ex-Sigma 2 for the $6.9 million of premium payments. The Company recorded the difference of $1.3 million between the obligation amount and the settlement amount as an increase to additional paid in capital in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ deficit for the year ended December 31, 2020. 120 Table of Contents In addition, in October 2019, the Company awarded $6.3 million in bonuses to certain employees who were also indirect equity holders of Ex-Sigma 2 through their holdings of Ex-Sigma that had been issued upon the vesting of RSUs granted under the 2013 Plan. Ex-Sigma 2 pledged all of its capital stock in the Company as collateral for the Margin Loan. The Company remitted the net amount of $4.6 million (after withholding payroll taxes of $1.7 million) toward the outstanding balance on the Margin Loan in order to benefit such employees. The bonus amount remitted by the Company was originally determined by Ex-Sigma management based on such employees’ over-all equity ownership of Ex-Sigma. Following payment in full of the Margin Loan, during the first quarter of 2020, Ex- Sigma 2 distributed the shares of the Company’s capital stock held by it to its sole equity holder, Ex-Sigma, who distributed the shares to its equity holders, including the bonus recipients. These bonus payments were not processed or approved according to the Company’s internal control policies. In May 2020, each employee that received the bonus countersigned an authorization letter confirming their authorization for the Company to remit the amount of their net bonus to pay a portion of the Margin Loan. The Company recorded the $6.3 million bonus payments as compensation expense in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019. Consulting Agreement The Company receives services from Oakana Holdings, Inc. The Company and Oakana Holdings, Inc. are related through a family relationship between certain shareholders and the president of Oakana Holdings, Inc. The expense recognized for these services was approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Relationship with Apollo Global Management, LLC The Company provides services to and receives services from certain Apollo Global Management, LLC (“Apollo”) affiliated companies. Funds managed by Apollo held the second largest position in our Common Stock following the Novitex Business Combination and had the right to designate two of the Company’s directors pursuant to a director nomination agreement. Apollo has announced that its affiliated funds ceased being shareholders on March 11, 2020. The Company excluded disclosure of transactions related to Apollo after March 31, 2020 as the related party relationship with Apollo ceased during the first quarter of 2020. On November 18, 2014, one of the Company's subsidiaries entered into a master services agreement with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Apollo. Pursuant to this master services agreement, the Company provides printer supplies and maintenance services, including toner maintenance, training, quarterly business review and printer procurement. The Company recognized revenue of $0.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million under this agreement for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, in our consolidated statements of operations. In April 2016, one of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a master services agreement with Presidio Networked Solutions Group, LLC ("Presidio Group"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Presidio, Inc., a portion of which is owned by affiliates of Apollo. Pursuant to this master services agreement, Presidio Group provides the Company with employees, subcontractors, and/or goods and services. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 there were related party expenses of $0.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for this service. On January 18, 2017, one of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a master purchase and professional services agreement with Caesars Enterprise Services, LLC (‘‘Caesars’’). Caesars is controlled by investment funds affiliated with Apollo. Pursuant to this master purchase and professional services agreement, the Company provides managed print services to Caesars, including general equipment operation, supply management, support services and technical support. The Company recognized revenue of $0.9 million, $4.4 million and $4.1 million for years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. On May 5, 2017, one of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a master services agreement with ADT LLC. ADT LLC is controlled by investment funds affiliated with Apollo. Pursuant to this master services agreement, the Company provides ADT LLC with mailroom and onsite mail delivery services at an ADT LLC office location and managed print services, including supply management, equipment maintenance and technical support services. The 121 Table of Contents Company recognized revenue of $0.3 million, $1.2 million and $0.6 million in our consolidated statements of operations from ADT LLC under this master services agreement for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. On July 20, 2017, one of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a master services agreement with Diamond Resorts Centralized Services Company. Diamond Resorts Centralized Services Company is controlled by investment funds affiliated with Apollo. Pursuant to this master services agreement, the Company provides commercial print and promotional product procurement services to Diamond Resorts Centralized Services Company, including sourcing, inventory management and fulfillment services. The Company recognized revenue of $0.9 million, $5.4 million and $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and cost of revenue of less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 from Diamond Resorts Centralized Services Company under this master services agreement. Payable and Receivable/Prepayment Balances with Affiliates Payable and receivable/prepayment balances with affiliates as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows: HOV Services, Ltd Rule 14 HGM Apollo affiliated company Oakana Ex-Sigma 2 19. Segment and Geographic Area Information $ December 31, 2020 Receivables and Prepaid Expenses Payables $ December 31, 2019 Receivables and Prepaid Expenses Payables 601 $ — 250 — — 115 202 — — 1 — 1,287 716 $ 1,740 711 $ — $ — — — — — 711 $ 44 52 — 1 — 97 $ The Company’s operating segments are significant strategic business units that align its products and services with how it manages its business, approaches the markets and interacts with its clients. The Company is organized into three segments: ITPS, HS, and LLPS. ITPS: The ITPS segment provides a wide range of solutions and services designed to aid businesses in information capture, processing, decisioning and distribution to customers primarily in the financial services, commercial, public sector and legal industries. HS: The HS segment operates and maintains a consulting and outsourcing business specializing in both the healthcare provider and payer markets. LLPS: The LLPS segment provides a broad and active array of legal services in connection with class action, bankruptcy labor, claims adjudication and employment and other legal matters. The chief operating decision maker reviews segment profit to evaluate operating segment performance and determine how to allocate resources to operating segments. “Segment profit” is defined as revenue less cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). The Company does not allocate Selling, general, and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and sundry, net. The Company manages assets on a total 122 Table of Contents company basis, not by operating segment, and therefore asset information and capital expenditures by operating segments are not presented. A reconciliation of segment profit to net loss before income taxes is presented below. Revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Segment profit Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry income, net Other income, net Net loss before income taxes ITPS 1,005,043 $ HS 219,047 $ LLPS $ 68,472 $ Year ended December 31, 2020 815,013 190,030 159,917 59,130 48,614 19,858 $ Total 1,292,562 1,023,544 269,018 186,104 93,953 — 5,381 173,878 9,589 (153) (34,788) (164,946) Revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Segment profit Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense, net Other expense, net Net loss before income taxes 123 Year ended December 31, 2019 ITPS $ 1,234,284 1,001,655 232,629 HS $ 256,721 180,045 76,676 LLPS $ 71,332 43,035 28,297 Total $ 1,562,337 1,224,735 337,602 198,864 100,903 349,557 9,501 163,449 1,404 969 14,429 (501,474) $ Table of Contents Revenue Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Segment profit Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry income, net Other income, net Net loss before income taxes ITPS 1,273,647 $ HS 228,015 $ LLPS $ 84,560 $ Year ended December 31, 2018 1,010,320 263,327 151,877 76,138 51,206 33,354 $ Total 1,586,222 1,213,403 372,819 184,908 138,077 48,127 12,403 155,991 1,067 (3,271) (3,030) (161,453) The following table presents revenues by principal geographic area where the Company’s customers are located for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. United States EMEA Other Total Consolidated Revenue 124 2020 $ 1,057,006 213,418 22,138 $ 1,292,562 Years ended December 31, 2019 $ 1,286,678 248,466 27,193 $ 1,562,337 2018 $ 1,347,516 211,314 27,392 $ 1,586,222 Table of Contents 20. Selected Quarterly Financial Results (Unaudited) The following tables show a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters of 2020 and 2019 (dollars in thousands, except per share data): Revenue: ITPS HS LLPS Total Revenue Cost of revenue: ITPS HS LLPS Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Operating income (loss) Other expense (income), net: Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense (income), net Other expense (income), net Net loss before income taxes Income tax (expense) benefit Net loss Cumulative dividends for Series A Preferred Stock Net loss attributable to common stockholders Weighted average outstanding common shares (Refer to Net Loss per Share discussion in Note 2) Earnings per share: Basic and diluted Q1 2020 Q2 2020 Q3 2020 Q4 2020 $ $ $ 284,112 64,049 17,290 365,451 235,120 44,931 12,488 292,539 50,374 23,185 243,029 49,166 15,527 307,722 195,835 36,148 9,805 241,788 47,014 22,847 $ 234,365 54,209 16,706 305,280 183,671 39,444 11,107 234,222 42,837 22,095 — — — 1,551 (2,198) 1,146 (5,073) 1,360 4,766 243,537 51,623 18,949 314,109 200,387 39,394 15,214 254,995 45,879 25,826 — 1,324 (13,915) 41,588 — 44,440 — 43,612 — 1,082 (34,657) (10,211) (2,459) (12,670) 1,440 (11,230) 49,065,055 (899) (584) (48,030) (661) (48,691) (858) (49,549) 49,169,556 $ (434) (10,414) (27,998) (320) (28,318) (976) (29,294) 49,170,477 $ $ 44,238 9,589 98 10,867 (78,707) (10,144) (88,851) (915) (89,766) 49,172,037 (0.23) $ (1.01) $ (0.60) $ (1.82) $ $ 125 Table of Contents Revenue: ITPS HS LLPS Total Revenue Cost of revenue: ITPS HS LLPS Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets Related party expense Operating income (loss) Other expense (income), net: Interest expense, net Debt modification and extinguishment costs Sundry expense (income), net Other expense, net Net loss before income taxes Income tax (expense) benefit Net loss Cumulative dividends for Series A Preferred Stock Net loss attributable to common stockholders Weighted average outstanding common shares (Refer to Net Loss per Share discussion in Note 2) Earnings per share: Basic and diluted $ $ 21. Subsequent Events Reverse Stock Split Q1 2019 Q2 2019 Q3 2019 Q4 2019 $ $ 325,172 61,343 17,842 404,357 $ 309,840 63,440 17,569 390,849 $ 292,607 62,132 18,806 373,545 259,272 40,341 10,988 310,601 49,677 26,624 — 998 16,457 249,589 43,353 10,889 303,831 51,162 24,779 — 5,331 5,746 241,867 42,717 10,861 295,445 48,347 25,079 97,158 1,430 (93,914) 39,701 — 2,715 1,493 (27,452) (4,720) (32,172) (914) (33,086) $ 39,959 1,404 (1,311) 2,527 (36,833) (4,738) (41,571) (914) (42,485) $ 40,573 — 165 406 (135,058) 3,769 (131,289) (884) (132,173) $ 306,665 69,806 17,115 393,586 250,927 53,634 10,297 314,858 49,678 24,421 252,399 1,742 (249,512) 43,216 — (600) 10,003 (302,131) (1,953) (304,084) (597) (304,681) 48,524,074 48,488,731 48,545,583 48,720,451 (0.68) $ (0.88) $ — (2.72) $ (6.27) On January 25, 2021, the Company filed a Certificate of Amendment of the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “Certificate of Amendment”), with the Secretary of State of Delaware, to effect a one share-for-three shares reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock. The reverse stock split, had no effect on the par value of the Common Stock and did not reduce the number of authorized shares. It also did not affect the number of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding; however, it did reduce the conversion factor of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The reason for the reverse stock split was to maintain the Company’s listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market, which pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a) (2)(the “Rule”) requires that if the closing bid price of the Common Stock is below $1.00 for 30 consecutive trading days, then the closing bid price must be $1.00 or more for 10 consecutive trading days during a grace period to regain compliance with the Rule. 126 Table of Contents Private Placement of Common Stock and Warrants On March 15, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with institutional investors for the purchase and sale of 9,731,819 shares of Common Stock at a price of $2.75 per share and warrants to purchase 9,731,819 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. The warrants will be exercisable beginning on the calendar date following the six month anniversary of the closing and will expire five years from the date when first exercisable. The gross proceeds to Exela from this offering were approximately $26.8 million before deducting placement agent fees and other estimated offering expenses. The offering closed on March 18, 2021. 127 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d- 15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2020. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Based upon that evaluation, as discussed below, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below. Notwithstanding such material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, our management, including our CEO and CFO, has concluded that our consolidated balance sheets as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, present fairly, in all material respects, our financial position, results of our operations and our cash flows for the periods presented in this Annual Report, in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management, under the supervision of the board of directors, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control- Integrated Framework (2013) (the “COSO 2013 Framework”). Based on its assessment, our management, 128 Table of Contents including our CEO and CFO, has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020 due to material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below. The Company did not design, implement and operate effective process-level control activities related to order-to-cash (including revenue, customer deposits and accounts receivable), leases, journal entries and preparation of the consolidated financial statements, as well as accounting for significant unusual transactions. These deficiencies in process-level control activities were largely caused by an ineffective control environment as follows: ● The Company did not sufficiently establish structures, reporting lines and appropriate authorities and responsibilities; and ● The Company did not sufficiently attract, develop and retain competent resources and hold them accountable for their internal control responsibilities. The deficiencies in the control environment also created deficiencies in the Company’s risk assessment process, information and communication and monitoring activities as follows: ● Financial reporting objectives were not clearly specified to enable the identification and assessment of risks, including complying with applicable accounting standards; ● The risk assessment process failed to identify and assess risks of misstatement, including fraud risks, to ensure controls were designed and implemented to respond to those risks; ● Relevant and quality information to support the functioning of internal controls was not consistently generated or used by the Company to support the operation of internal controls; ● Changes that could impact the system of internal controls were not identified and assessed; ● The Company did not sufficiently select, develop and perform ongoing evaluations to determine the components of internal control are present and functioning; ● Internal communication of information necessary to support the functioning of internal control was not sufficient; ● Communication with external parties on matters affecting the functioning of internal control was not complete; and ● The evaluation and communication of internal control deficiencies, including monitoring corrective actions, were not performed in a timely manner. Because there is a reasonable possibility that material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, we concluded the deficiencies represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020. Remediation Plan We have identified and begun to implement several steps, as further described below, to remediate the material weaknesses described in this Item 9A and to enhance our overall control environment, risk assessment, control activities, monitoring and information and communication. We are committed to ensuring that our internal controls over financial reporting are designed and operating effectively. ● Further develop the detailed remediation plan, with appropriate executive sponsorship and with the assistance of third-party specialists, to specifically address the material weaknesses related to the control environment, risk assessment, information and communication, and monitoring activities. ● Establish adequate reporting structure to ensure appropriate authority guidelines are in place and are effective. ● Continue to hire, train, and retain individuals with appropriate skills and experience, assign responsibilities and hold individuals accountable for their roles related to internal control over financial reporting. 129 Table of Contents ● Design and implement a comprehensive and continuous risk assessment process to identify and assess risks of material misstatement (including fraud risks) and ensure that the impacted financial reporting processes and related internal controls are properly designed and in place to respond to those risks in our financial reporting. ● Enhance the design of existing control activities and implement additional process-level control activities and ensure they are operating effectively. ● Design and implement additional information and communications controls to ensure use of and obtaining relevant and quality information to allow operation of effective control activities, including internal and external communication. ● Design and implement additional monitoring controls to assess the consistent operation of controls and to remediate deficiencies. Although we intend to complete the remediation process as promptly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to remediate these material weaknesses. In addition, we may discover additional material weaknesses that require additional time and resources to remediate and we may decide to take additional measures to address the material weaknesses or modify the remediation steps described above. Until these weaknesses are remediated, we plan to continue to perform additional analyses and other procedures to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting We made the following material changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 to remediate previously reported material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting: As previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2019, the Company had ineffectively designed, implemented, and operated processes/process controls related to: ● Procure-to-pay (including operating expenses, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities). ● Hire-to-pay (including compensation expense and accrued liabilities). ● Approval, authorization and disclosure of related party transactions. ● Goodwill ● Restricted cash ● Share based compensation ● General information technology controls (GITCs) over user and privileged access to information technology (IT) systems at multiple components in order to adequately restrict access to appropriate finance and IT personnel and enforce appropriate segregation of duties. To remediate the material weakness, the following actions were taken by management in fiscal 2020: ● Increased the oversight of the Board of Directors over the remediation plan including the design, implementation and execution of internal controls. ● Implemented changes to the subledger to ERP reconciliation controls in which all key fields were included in the reconciliation and the reconciliation is performed by appropriate management in a timely manner. ● Implemented review controls over manual vouchers entered into ERP systems to ensure vouchers are independently prepared and approved in accordance with the Delegation of Authority. ● Implemented changes to the Delegation of Authority to align with the business approval structure and updated the approval routings in subledger system to ensure non-PO invoices are appropriately reviewed and approved. ● Implemented a review control which requires Payroll Department to validate that all hourly employees' time was approved on a bi-weekly basis and obtain documented approval for any unapproved time. ● Implemented a review of the manual data import from timekeeping system to payroll processing system at Exela Enterprise Solutions to ensure time upload from timekeeping system to payroll processing system is complete and accurate. ● The Company hired a Vice President of SOX Compliance in September 2020 and a Director of Financial Planning & Analysis in October 2020. The Company will continue to add appropriate technical resources as needed to assist in remediating deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting. 130 Table of Contents ● Implemented controls to identify a complete population of related party transactions, submit them for timely approval to the audit committee and ensure they are properly disclosed in the consolidated financial statements ● Enhanced review controls over the accuracy of the annual goodwill impairment analysis. ● Improved review controls over the accuracy of the balance sheet presentation of restricted cash. ● Enhanced review controls over share based compensation during 2020. ● Implemented enhanced user access review exercise for operating systems and databases. ● Implemented enhanced segregation of duties control testing. There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PART III Information about our executive officers is contained in the section titled “Executive Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report. The other information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Director Nominees,” “Continuing Members of the Board of Directors,” “Additional Information Concerning the Board of Directors of the Company,” Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Director Remuneration,” which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans,” which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence,” which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. 131 Table of Contents ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this Item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. 132  66 69 70 71 72 75 76 Filed or Furnished Herewith Table of Contents ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES a) (1) Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (a)(3) Exhibits Exhibit No. Description 2.1 Novitex Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2017, by and among Quinpario Acquisition Corp. 2, Quinpario Merger Sub I, Inc., Quinpario Merger Sub II, Inc., Novitex Holdings, Inc., SourceHOV Holdings, Inc., Novitex Parent, L.P., HOVS LLC and HandsOn Fund 4 I, LLC (2) 3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated July 12, 2017(4) 3.2 Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Exela Technologies, Inc., effective January 25, 2021(14) 3.3 Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated November 6, 2019 (9) 3.4 Certificate of Designations, Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock(4) 3.5 Waiver of Bylaws(5) 4.1 Specimen Common Stock Certificate(1) 4.2 Specimen Warrant Certificate(1) 4.3 4.4 4.5 Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant(1) Indenture, dated July 12, 2017, by and among Exela Intermediate LLC and Exela Finance Inc. as Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors set forth therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee(4) First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 12, 2017, by and among Exela Intermediate LLC and Exela Finance Inc., as Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors set forth therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee(4) 4.6 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated May 20, 2020, by and among Exela Intermediate LLC and Exela Finance Inc., as Issuers, Merco Holdings, LLC as Subsidiary Guarantor and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee. (12) 4.7 Description of Securities 10.1 Modification Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2017(3) 133 Table of Contents Exhibit No. Filed or Furnished Herewith Description 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 Amended & Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 12, 2017, by and among the Company and the Holders(4) Exela Technologies, Inc. Director Nomination Agreement, dated July 12, 2017, by and among the Company, the HGM Group and Ex-Sigma 2 LLC(4) First Lien Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2017, by and among Exela Intermediate Holdings LLC, Exela Intermediate LLC, the Lenders Party Thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, RBC Capital Markets, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Natixis, New York Branch and KKR Capital Markets LLC(4) First Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated July 13, 2018, by and among Exela Intermediate Holdings LLC, Exela Intermediate LLC, the Lenders Party Thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, RBC Capital Markets, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Natixis, New York Branch and KKR Capital Markets LLC(6) Second Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of April, 16, 2019, by and among Exela Intermediate Holdings LLC, Exela Intermediate, LLC, each Subsidiary Loan Party listed on the signature pages thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and each of the lenders party thereto.(7) 10.7 Exela Technologies Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.(8) 10.8 10.9 Form of Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the Exela Technologies Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.(8) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and Agreement under the Exela Technologies Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.(8) 10.10 Exela Technologies, Inc. Executive Officer Annual Bonus Plan.(9) 10.11 Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2020, by and among SourceHOV Tax, LLC, Merco Holdings, LLC, Exela Technologies, Inc., and Gainline Source Intermediate Holdings LLC (10) 10.12 Transition Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2020, by and between Exela Technologies, Inc. and James G. Reynolds.(12) 10.13 Third Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Collateral Agency and Security Agreement (First Lien), dated as of May 15, 2020, by and among Exela Intermediate Holdings LLC, Exela Intermediate LLC, each Subsidiary Loan Party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (11) 10.14 Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, by and among the Borrower, the Company, as initial servicer, Alter Domus (US) LLC, as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto.(13) 10.15 First Tier Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among Parent SPE, and certain other indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company listed therein, and the Company, as initial servicer. (13) 10.16 Second Tier Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among, the Borrower, the Parent SPE and the Company, as initial servicer, pursuant to which the Parent SPE has sold or contributed and 134 Table of Contents Exhibit No. Filed or Furnished Herewith Description will sell or contribute to the Borrower certain receivables and related assets in consideration for a combination of cash and equity in the Borrower SPE(13) 10.17 Sub-Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among the Company, as initial servicer, and BancTec, Inc., SourceHOV, LLC, Economic Research Services, Inc., Exela Enterprise Solutions, Inc., SourceHOV Healthcare, Inc., United Information Services, Inc., HOV Enterprise Services, Inc., HOV Services, Inc., HOV Services, LLC, J&B Software, Inc., Novitex Government Solutions, LLC, Regulus Group II LLC, Regulus Group LLC, Regulus Integrated Solutions LLC, SourceCorp BPS Inc., Sourcecorp Management, Inc., as sub-servicers. (13) 10.18 Pledge and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between Parent SPE and Alter Domus (US) LLC. (13) 10.19 Performance Guaranty, dated as of December 17, 2020, between the Company, as performance guarantor, and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as the administrative agent. (13) 21.1 Subsidiaries of Exela Technologies Inc. 23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP 31.1 Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d- 14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 Filed Filed Filed 31.2 Certification of the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) Filed and Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 32.1 Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Furnished adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 32.2 Certification of the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 Furnished 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Filed Filed Filed Filed Filed Filed 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101) (1) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (SEC File No. 333-198988). (2) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2017. (3) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 21, 2017. (4) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 18, 2017. 135 Table of Contents (5) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 21, 2017. (6) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 17, 2018. (7) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 17, 2019. (8) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 10, 2019. (9) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 12, 2019. (10) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 17, 2020. (11) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 21, 2020. (12) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 10, 2020. (13) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8 K, filed on December 17, 2021. (14) Incorporated by reference to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8 K, filed on January 25, 2021 136 Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Dated: March 22, 2021 By: /s/ RONALD COGBURN Ronald Cogburn, Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 Dated: March 22, 2021 By: /s/ RONALD COGBURN Ronald Cogburn, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director By: /s/ SHRIKANT SORTUR Shrikant Sortur, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) By: /s/ PAR CHADHA Par Chadha, Chairman of the Board of Directors By: /s/ MARTIN P. AKINS Martin P. Akins, Director By: /s/ MARC A. BEILINSON Marc A. Beilinson, Director By: /s/ J. COLEY CLARK J. Coley Clark, Director By: /s/ JOHN H. REXFORD John H. Rexford, Director By: /s/ JAMES G. REYNOLDS James G. Reynolds, Director By: /s/ WILLIAM L. TRANSIER William L. Transier, Director 137 Subsidiary Name Arista SA Asterion Belgium N.V. Asterion Denmark A/S Asterion DM Finland A.B. Asterion France S.A.S Asterion International GmbH Asterion Sweden A.B. BancTec (Canada), Inc. BancTec (Puerto Rico), Inc. BancTec B.V. BancTec Europe Limited BancTec Group LLC BancTec Holding N.V. BancTec India Pvt. Ltd. BancTec Intermediate Holding, Inc. BancTec (Philippines), Inc. Banctec TPS India Private Ltd. BancTec Transaktionsservice GmbH BancTec, Inc. BillSmart Solutions, LLC BTC International Holdings, Inc. BTC Ventures, Inc. Charter Lason, Inc. CorpSource Holdings, LLC Dataforce Interact Holdings Ltd. Dataforce Interact Ltd. Deliverex, LLC DF Property Portfolio Ltd. DFG UK, LLC DFG2 Holdings, LLC DFG2, LLC DocuData Solutions, L.C. Drescher Euro-Label Sp Z.o.o. Drescher Full-Service Versand GmbH Economic Research Services, Inc. Exela Enterprise Solutions, Inc. Exela Finance, Inc. Exela Intermediate Holdings, LLC Exela Intermediate, LLC Exela RE LLC Exela Receivables 1, LLC Exela Receivables Holdco, LLC Exela Receivables 3, LLC Exela Receivables 3 Holdco, LLC Exela Technologies AB Exela Technologies AS Exela Technologies BV Exela Technologies RE BV SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT Exhibit 21.1 Jurisdiction of Formation France Belgium Denmark Sweden France Germany Sweden Canada Delaware Netherlands U.K. Delaware Netherlands India Delaware Philippines India Austria Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware U.K. U.K. Delaware U.K. Delaware Delaware Delaware Texas Poland Germany Florida Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Sweden Norway Netherlands Netherlands Subsidiary Name Exela Technologies doo Belgrade Exela Technologies ECM Solutions GmbH Exela Technologies GmbH Exela Technologies Holding GmbH Exela Technologies Ibercia S.A. Exela Technologies Limited Exela Technologies S.A. Exela Technologies s.p. z.o.o. Exela Technologies Services SA Exela Technologies Services SAS Exela Technologies, Inc. Fedaso France SAS Fedaso SA FTS Parent Inc. Glo-X, Inc. HOV Enterprise Services, Inc. HOV Global Services Ltd. HOV Services, (Beijing) Ltd. HOV Services, (Nanchang) Ltd. HOV Services, Inc. HOV Services, LLC HOVG, LLC Ibis Consulting, Inc. Imagenes Digitales S.A. de C.V. J & B Software, Inc. Kinsella Media, LLC Lason International, Inc. LexiCode Healthcare, Inc. Managed Care Professionals, LLC Merco Holdings, LLC Meridian Consulting Group, LLC Novitex Acquisition, LLC Novitex Enterprise Solutions Canada, Inc. Novitex Government Solutions, LLC Novitex Holdings, Inc. Novitex Intermediate, LLC O.T. Drescher AG Orone Contract SARL Pangea Acquisitions, Inc. Plexus Europe Ltd. Promotora de Tecnolgia, S.A. de C.V. RC4 Capital, LLC Recognition de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Recognition Mexico Holding, Inc. Regulus America LLC Regulus Group II LLC Regulus Group LLC Regulus Holding Inc. Regulus Integrated Solutions LLC Jurisdiction of Formation Serbia Germany Germany Germany Spain U.K. France Poland Belgium France Delaware France Morocco Delaware Oklahoma New Jersey U.K. China China Delaware Nevada Nevada Rhode Island Mexico Pennsylvania Delaware Delaware Philippines Delaware Delaware Nevada Delaware Canada Delaware Delaware Delaware Switzerland Morocco Delaware U.K. Mexico Delaware Mexico Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Subsidiary Name Regulus West LLC Rust Consulting, Inc. Rustic Canyon III, LLC S-Corp Philippines, Inc. SDS Applications Limited SDS Trading Applications Limited Services Integration Group, L.P. SIG-G.P., L.L.C. SourceCorp BPS, Inc. Sourcecorp de Mexico S.A. de C.V. SourceCorp Legal, Inc. SourceCorp Management, Inc. SOURCECORP, Inc. SourceHOV Canada SourceHOV HealthCare, Inc. SourceHOV Holdings, Inc. SourceHOV India Pvt. Ltd. SourceHOV LLC TRAC Holdings, LLC TRAC, LLC TransCentra, Inc. United Information Services, Inc. Jurisdiction of Formation Delaware Minnesota Delaware Phillippines U.K. U.K. Delaware Delaware Delaware Mexico Delaware Texas Delaware Nova Scotia South Carolina Delaware India Delaware Delaware Nevada Delaware Iowa Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Exhibit 23.1 The Board of Directors Exela Technologies, Inc.: We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-222973, 333-219494, and 333-219157) on Form S-3 and the registration statement (No. 333-222743) on Form S-8 of Exela Technologies, Inc. of our report dated March 22, 2021, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Exela Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes, which report appears in the December 31, 2020 annual report on Form 10-K of Exela Technologies, Inc. Our report dated March 22, 2021, on the consolidated financial statements, refers to a change in the method of accounting for leases. Detroit, Michigan March 22, 2021 /s/ KPMG LLP CERTIFICATION Exhibit 31.1 I, Ronald Cogburn, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 of Exela Technologies, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) (b) (c) (d) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) (b) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 22, 2021 /s/ Ronald Cogburn Name: Title: Ronald Cogburn Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Exhibit 31.2 I, Shrikant Sortur, certify that: CERTIFICATION 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 of Exela Technologies, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 22, 2021 /s/ Shrikant Sortur Name: Title: Shrikant Sortur Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the Annual Report of Exela Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ronald Cogburn, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) (2) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 22, 2021 A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. /s/ Ronald Cogburn Name: Title: Ronald Cogburn Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the Annual Report of Exela Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Shrikant Sortur, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) (2) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 22, 2021 Name: Title: /s/ Shrikant Sortur Shrikant Sortur Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above